[BACK]Return to tmux.1 CVS log [TXT][DIR] Up to [local] / src / usr.bin / tmux

Annotation of src/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1, Revision 1.916

1.916   ! nicm        1: .\" $OpenBSD: tmux.1,v 1.915 2023/02/06 09:20:30 nicm Exp $
1.1       nicm        2: .\"
1.477     nicm        3: .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Nicholas Marriott <nicholas.marriott@gmail.com>
1.1       nicm        4: .\"
                      5: .\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
                      6: .\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
                      7: .\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
                      8: .\"
                      9: .\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
                     10: .\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
                     11: .\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
                     12: .\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
                     13: .\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF MIND, USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
                     14: .\" IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
                     15: .\" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
                     16: .\"
1.916   ! nicm       17: .Dd $Mdocdate: February 6 2023 $
1.1       nicm       18: .Dt TMUX 1
                     19: .Os
                     20: .Sh NAME
                     21: .Nm tmux
1.6       jmc        22: .Nd terminal multiplexer
1.1       nicm       23: .Sh SYNOPSIS
                     24: .Nm tmux
                     25: .Bk -words
1.906     jmc        26: .Op Fl 2CDlNuVv
1.91      nicm       27: .Op Fl c Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm       28: .Op Fl f Ar file
                     29: .Op Fl L Ar socket-name
                     30: .Op Fl S Ar socket-path
1.744     nicm       31: .Op Fl T Ar features
1.1       nicm       32: .Op Ar command Op Ar flags
                     33: .Ek
                     34: .Sh DESCRIPTION
                     35: .Nm
1.59      jmc        36: is a terminal multiplexer:
                     37: it enables a number of terminals to be created, accessed, and
                     38: controlled from a single screen.
1.67      jmc        39: .Nm
                     40: may be detached from a screen
                     41: and continue running in the background,
                     42: then later reattached.
1.1       nicm       43: .Pp
1.60      nicm       44: When
                     45: .Nm
1.886     naddy      46: is started, it creates a new
1.60      nicm       47: .Em session
                     48: with a single
                     49: .Em window
                     50: and displays it on screen.
                     51: A status line at the bottom of the screen
                     52: shows information on the current session
                     53: and is used to enter interactive commands.
                     54: .Pp
                     55: A session is a single collection of
                     56: .Em pseudo terminals
                     57: under the management of
                     58: .Nm .
                     59: Each session has one or more
                     60: windows linked to it.
                     61: A window occupies the entire screen
                     62: and may be split into rectangular panes,
                     63: each of which is a separate pseudo terminal
                     64: (the
                     65: .Xr pty 4
                     66: manual page documents the technical details of pseudo terminals).
                     67: Any number of
                     68: .Nm
                     69: instances may connect to the same session,
                     70: and any number of windows may be present in the same session.
                     71: Once all sessions are killed,
                     72: .Nm
                     73: exits.
                     74: .Pp
1.64      nicm       75: Each session is persistent and will survive accidental disconnection
1.66      jmc        76: (such as
1.64      nicm       77: .Xr ssh 1
1.67      jmc        78: connection timeout) or intentional detaching (with the
1.64      nicm       79: .Ql C-b d
                     80: key strokes).
                     81: .Nm
                     82: may be reattached using:
                     83: .Pp
                     84: .Dl $ tmux attach
1.60      nicm       85: .Pp
1.64      nicm       86: In
                     87: .Nm ,
                     88: a session is displayed on screen by a
                     89: .Em client
                     90: and all sessions are managed by a single
                     91: .Em server .
                     92: The server and each client are separate processes which communicate through a
                     93: socket in
                     94: .Pa /tmp .
1.65      nicm       95: .Pp
1.1       nicm       96: The options are as follows:
                     97: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXX"
                     98: .It Fl 2
                     99: Force
                    100: .Nm
                    101: to assume the terminal supports 256 colours.
1.744     nicm      102: This is equivalent to
                    103: .Fl T Ar 256 .
1.345     nicm      104: .It Fl C
1.369     nicm      105: Start in control mode (see the
                    106: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                    107: section).
1.345     nicm      108: Given twice
                    109: .Xo ( Fl CC ) Xc
                    110: disables echo.
1.91      nicm      111: .It Fl c Ar shell-command
                    112: Execute
                    113: .Ar shell-command
                    114: using the default shell.
                    115: If necessary, the
                    116: .Nm
                    117: server will be started to retrieve the
                    118: .Ic default-shell
                    119: option.
1.153     nicm      120: This option is for compatibility with
                    121: .Xr sh 1
                    122: when
                    123: .Nm
                    124: is used as a login shell.
1.767     nicm      125: .It Fl D
                    126: Do not start the
                    127: .Nm
                    128: server as a daemon.
                    129: This also turns the
                    130: .Ic exit-empty
                    131: option off.
                    132: With
                    133: .Fl D ,
                    134: .Ar command
                    135: may not be specified.
1.1       nicm      136: .It Fl f Ar file
                    137: Specify an alternative configuration file.
                    138: By default,
                    139: .Nm
1.26      nicm      140: loads the system configuration file from
                    141: .Pa /etc/tmux.conf ,
                    142: if present, then looks for a user configuration file at
1.1       nicm      143: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
1.306     nicm      144: .Pp
1.1       nicm      145: The configuration file is a set of
                    146: .Nm
                    147: commands which are executed in sequence when the server is first started.
1.306     nicm      148: .Nm
                    149: loads configuration files once when the server process has started.
                    150: The
                    151: .Ic source-file
                    152: command may be used to load a file later.
1.61      nicm      153: .Pp
                    154: .Nm
1.306     nicm      155: shows any error messages from commands in configuration files in the first
                    156: session created, and continues to process the rest of the configuration file.
1.1       nicm      157: .It Fl L Ar socket-name
                    158: .Nm
                    159: stores the server socket in a directory under
1.455     nicm      160: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    161: or
1.208     nicm      162: .Pa /tmp
1.455     nicm      163: if it is unset.
1.355     nicm      164: The default socket is named
1.1       nicm      165: .Em default .
                    166: This option allows a different socket name to be specified, allowing several
                    167: independent
                    168: .Nm
                    169: servers to be run.
                    170: Unlike
                    171: .Fl S
1.789     nicm      172: a full path is not necessary: the sockets are all created in a directory
                    173: .Pa tmux-UID
                    174: under the directory given by
                    175: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    176: or in
                    177: .Pa /tmp .
                    178: The
                    179: .Pa tmux-UID
                    180: directory is created by
                    181: .Nm
                    182: and must not be world readable, writable or executable.
1.2       nicm      183: .Pp
                    184: If the socket is accidentally removed, the
1.6       jmc       185: .Dv SIGUSR1
1.2       nicm      186: signal may be sent to the
                    187: .Nm
1.422     nicm      188: server process to recreate it (note that this will fail if any parent
                    189: directories are missing).
1.166     sobrado   190: .It Fl l
                    191: Behave as a login shell.
                    192: This flag currently has no effect and is for compatibility with other shells
                    193: when using tmux as a login shell.
1.811     nicm      194: .It Fl N
                    195: Do not start the server even if the command would normally do so (for example
                    196: .Ic new-session
                    197: or
                    198: .Ic start-server ) .
1.1       nicm      199: .It Fl S Ar socket-path
                    200: Specify a full alternative path to the server socket.
                    201: If
                    202: .Fl S
                    203: is specified, the default socket directory is not used and any
                    204: .Fl L
                    205: flag is ignored.
1.906     jmc       206: .It Fl T Ar features
                    207: Set terminal features for the client.
                    208: This is a comma-separated list of features.
                    209: See the
                    210: .Ic terminal-features
                    211: option.
1.1       nicm      212: .It Fl u
1.644     schwarze  213: Write UTF-8 output to the terminal even if the first environment
                    214: variable of
1.14      nicm      215: .Ev LC_ALL ,
1.644     schwarze  216: .Ev LC_CTYPE ,
                    217: or
1.2       nicm      218: .Ev LANG
1.644     schwarze  219: that is set does not contain
                    220: .Qq UTF-8
                    221: or
                    222: .Qq UTF8 .
1.906     jmc       223: .It Fl V
                    224: Report the
                    225: .Nm
                    226: version.
1.1       nicm      227: .It Fl v
                    228: Request verbose logging.
                    229: Log messages will be saved into
                    230: .Pa tmux-client-PID.log
                    231: and
                    232: .Pa tmux-server-PID.log
                    233: files in the current directory, where
                    234: .Em PID
1.6       jmc       235: is the PID of the server or client process.
1.558     nicm      236: If
                    237: .Fl v
                    238: is specified twice, an additional
                    239: .Pa tmux-out-PID.log
                    240: file is generated with a copy of everything
                    241: .Nm
                    242: writes to the terminal.
                    243: .Pp
                    244: The
                    245: .Dv SIGUSR2
                    246: signal may be sent to the
                    247: .Nm
                    248: server process to toggle logging between on (as if
                    249: .Fl v
                    250: was given) and off.
1.1       nicm      251: .It Ar command Op Ar flags
                    252: This specifies one of a set of commands used to control
                    253: .Nm ,
1.6       jmc       254: as described in the following sections.
1.59      jmc       255: If no commands are specified, the
1.1       nicm      256: .Ic new-session
                    257: command is assumed.
1.57      jmc       258: .El
1.627     nicm      259: .Sh DEFAULT KEY BINDINGS
1.64      nicm      260: .Nm
                    261: may be controlled from an attached client by using a key combination of a
                    262: prefix key,
                    263: .Ql C-b
                    264: (Ctrl-b) by default, followed by a command key.
                    265: .Pp
1.172     nicm      266: The default command key bindings are:
1.64      nicm      267: .Pp
1.171     nicm      268: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent -compact
                    269: .It C-b
                    270: Send the prefix key (C-b) through to the application.
                    271: .It C-o
                    272: Rotate the panes in the current window forwards.
                    273: .It C-z
                    274: Suspend the
                    275: .Nm
                    276: client.
                    277: .It !
                    278: Break the current pane out of the window.
                    279: .It \&"
1.625     nicm      280: .\" "
1.171     nicm      281: Split the current pane into two, top and bottom.
                    282: .It #
                    283: List all paste buffers.
1.236     nicm      284: .It $
                    285: Rename the current session.
1.171     nicm      286: .It %
                    287: Split the current pane into two, left and right.
                    288: .It &
                    289: Kill the current window.
                    290: .It '
                    291: Prompt for a window index to select.
1.412     nicm      292: .It \&(
                    293: Switch the attached client to the previous session.
                    294: .It \&)
                    295: Switch the attached client to the next session.
1.171     nicm      296: .It ,
                    297: Rename the current window.
                    298: .It -
                    299: Delete the most recently copied buffer of text.
                    300: .It .
                    301: Prompt for an index to move the current window.
                    302: .It 0 to 9
                    303: Select windows 0 to 9.
                    304: .It :
                    305: Enter the
                    306: .Nm
                    307: command prompt.
1.187     nicm      308: .It ;
                    309: Move to the previously active pane.
1.178     nicm      310: .It =
                    311: Choose which buffer to paste interactively from a list.
1.171     nicm      312: .It \&?
                    313: List all key bindings.
                    314: .It D
                    315: Choose a client to detach.
1.412     nicm      316: .It L
                    317: Switch the attached client back to the last session.
1.182     jmc       318: .It \&[
1.171     nicm      319: Enter copy mode to copy text or view the history.
1.182     jmc       320: .It \&]
1.171     nicm      321: Paste the most recently copied buffer of text.
1.64      nicm      322: .It c
1.65      nicm      323: Create a new window.
1.64      nicm      324: .It d
1.65      nicm      325: Detach the current client.
1.171     nicm      326: .It f
                    327: Prompt to search for text in open windows.
                    328: .It i
                    329: Display some information about the current window.
1.64      nicm      330: .It l
1.65      nicm      331: Move to the previously selected window.
1.684     nicm      332: .It m
                    333: Mark the current pane (see
                    334: .Ic select-pane
                    335: .Fl m ) .
                    336: .It M
                    337: Clear the marked pane.
1.64      nicm      338: .It n
1.65      nicm      339: Change to the next window.
1.171     nicm      340: .It o
                    341: Select the next pane in the current window.
1.64      nicm      342: .It p
1.65      nicm      343: Change to the previous window.
1.171     nicm      344: .It q
                    345: Briefly display pane indexes.
                    346: .It r
                    347: Force redraw of the attached client.
                    348: .It s
                    349: Select a new session for the attached client interactively.
                    350: .It t
                    351: Show the time.
                    352: .It w
                    353: Choose the current window interactively.
                    354: .It x
                    355: Kill the current pane.
1.412     nicm      356: .It z
                    357: Toggle zoom state of the current pane.
1.171     nicm      358: .It {
                    359: Swap the current pane with the previous pane.
                    360: .It }
                    361: Swap the current pane with the next pane.
                    362: .It ~
                    363: Show previous messages from
                    364: .Nm ,
                    365: if any.
                    366: .It Page Up
                    367: Enter copy mode and scroll one page up.
                    368: .It Up, Down
                    369: .It Left, Right
                    370: Change to the pane above, below, to the left, or to the right of the current
                    371: pane.
                    372: .It M-1 to M-5
                    373: Arrange panes in one of the five preset layouts: even-horizontal,
                    374: even-vertical, main-horizontal, main-vertical, or tiled.
1.412     nicm      375: .It Space
                    376: Arrange the current window in the next preset layout.
1.171     nicm      377: .It M-n
                    378: Move to the next window with a bell or activity marker.
                    379: .It M-o
                    380: Rotate the panes in the current window backwards.
                    381: .It M-p
                    382: Move to the previous window with a bell or activity marker.
                    383: .It C-Up, C-Down
                    384: .It C-Left, C-Right
                    385: Resize the current pane in steps of one cell.
                    386: .It M-Up, M-Down
                    387: .It M-Left, M-Right
                    388: Resize the current pane in steps of five cells.
1.64      nicm      389: .El
                    390: .Pp
                    391: Key bindings may be changed with the
                    392: .Ic bind-key
                    393: and
                    394: .Ic unbind-key
                    395: commands.
1.651     nicm      396: .Sh COMMAND PARSING AND EXECUTION
                    397: .Nm
                    398: supports a large number of commands which can be used to control its
                    399: behaviour.
                    400: Each command is named and can accept zero or more flags and arguments.
                    401: They may be bound to a key with the
                    402: .Ic bind-key
                    403: command or run from the shell prompt, a shell script, a configuration file or
                    404: the command prompt.
                    405: For example, the same
                    406: .Ic set-option
                    407: command run from the shell prompt, from
                    408: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                    409: and bound to a key may look like:
                    410: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    411: $ tmux set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    412:
                    413: set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    414:
                    415: bind-key C set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    416: .Ed
                    417: .Pp
                    418: Here, the command name is
                    419: .Ql set-option ,
                    420: .Ql Fl g
                    421: is a flag and
                    422: .Ql status-style
                    423: and
                    424: .Ql bg=cyan
                    425: are arguments.
                    426: .Pp
                    427: .Nm
                    428: distinguishes between command parsing and execution.
                    429: In order to execute a command,
                    430: .Nm
                    431: needs it to be split up into its name and arguments.
                    432: This is command parsing.
                    433: If a command is run from the shell, the shell parses it; from inside
                    434: .Nm
                    435: or from a configuration file,
                    436: .Nm
                    437: does.
                    438: Examples of when
                    439: .Nm
                    440: parses commands are:
                    441: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    442: .It
                    443: in a configuration file;
                    444: .It
                    445: typed at the command prompt (see
                    446: .Ic command-prompt ) ;
                    447: .It
                    448: given to
                    449: .Ic bind-key ;
                    450: .It
                    451: passed as arguments to
                    452: .Ic if-shell
                    453: or
                    454: .Ic confirm-before .
                    455: .El
                    456: .Pp
                    457: To execute commands, each client has a
                    458: .Ql command queue .
                    459: A global command queue not attached to any client is used on startup
                    460: for configuration files like
                    461: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
                    462: Parsed commands added to the queue are executed in order.
                    463: Some commands, like
                    464: .Ic if-shell
                    465: and
                    466: .Ic confirm-before ,
                    467: parse their argument to create a new command which is inserted immediately
                    468: after themselves.
1.916   ! nicm      469: This means that arguments can be parsed twice or more - once when the parent
        !           470: command (such as
1.651     nicm      471: .Ic if-shell )
                    472: is parsed and again when it parses and executes its command.
                    473: Commands like
                    474: .Ic if-shell ,
                    475: .Ic run-shell
                    476: and
                    477: .Ic display-panes
                    478: stop execution of subsequent commands on the queue until something happens -
                    479: .Ic if-shell
                    480: and
                    481: .Ic run-shell
                    482: until a shell command finishes and
                    483: .Ic display-panes
                    484: until a key is pressed.
                    485: For example, the following commands:
                    486: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    487: new-session; new-window
                    488: if-shell "true" "split-window"
                    489: kill-session
                    490: .Ed
                    491: .Pp
                    492: Will execute
                    493: .Ic new-session ,
                    494: .Ic new-window ,
                    495: .Ic if-shell ,
                    496: the shell command
                    497: .Xr true 1 ,
1.671     nicm      498: .Ic split-window
1.651     nicm      499: and
                    500: .Ic kill-session
                    501: in that order.
                    502: .Pp
                    503: The
                    504: .Sx COMMANDS
                    505: section lists the
                    506: .Nm
                    507: commands and their arguments.
                    508: .Sh PARSING SYNTAX
                    509: This section describes the syntax of commands parsed by
                    510: .Nm ,
                    511: for example in a configuration file or at the command prompt.
1.671     nicm      512: Note that when commands are entered into the shell, they are parsed by the shell
1.651     nicm      513: - see for example
                    514: .Xr ksh 1
                    515: or
                    516: .Xr csh 1 .
                    517: .Pp
                    518: Each command is terminated by a newline or a semicolon (;).
                    519: Commands separated by semicolons together form a
                    520: .Ql command sequence
                    521: - if a command in the sequence encounters an error, no subsequent commands are
                    522: executed.
1.825     nicm      523: .Pp
                    524: It is recommended that a semicolon used as a command separator should be
                    525: written as an individual token, for example from
                    526: .Xr sh 1 :
                    527: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    528: $ tmux neww \\; splitw
                    529: .Ed
                    530: .Pp
                    531: Or:
                    532: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    533: $ tmux neww ';' splitw
                    534: .Ed
                    535: .Pp
                    536: Or from the tmux command prompt:
                    537: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    538: neww ; splitw
                    539: .Ed
                    540: .Pp
                    541: However, a trailing semicolon is also interpreted as a command separator,
                    542: for example in these
                    543: .Xr sh 1
                    544: commands:
                    545: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.913     nicm      546: $ tmux neww\e; splitw
1.825     nicm      547: .Ed
                    548: .Pp
                    549: Or:
                    550: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    551: $ tmux 'neww;' splitw
                    552: .Ed
                    553: .Pp
                    554: As in these examples, when running tmux from the shell extra care must be taken
                    555: to properly quote semicolons:
                    556: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    557: .It
                    558: Semicolons that should be interpreted as a command separator
                    559: should be escaped according to the shell conventions.
                    560: For
                    561: .Xr sh 1
                    562: this typically means quoted (such as
                    563: .Ql neww ';' splitw )
                    564: or escaped (such as
1.826     jmc       565: .Ql neww \e\e\e\e; splitw ) .
1.825     nicm      566: .It
                    567: Individual semicolons or trailing semicolons that should be interpreted as
                    568: arguments should be escaped twice: once according to the shell conventions and
                    569: a second time for
                    570: .Nm ;
                    571: for example:
                    572: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.826     jmc       573: $ tmux neww 'foo\e\e;' bar
                    574: $ tmux neww foo\e\e\e\e; bar
1.825     nicm      575: .Ed
                    576: .It
                    577: Semicolons that are not individual tokens or trailing another token should only
                    578: be escaped once according to shell conventions; for example:
                    579: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    580: $ tmux neww 'foo-;-bar'
1.826     jmc       581: $ tmux neww foo-\e\e;-bar
1.825     nicm      582: .Ed
                    583: .El
1.651     nicm      584: .Pp
                    585: Comments are marked by the unquoted # character - any remaining text after a
                    586: comment is ignored until the end of the line.
                    587: .Pp
                    588: If the last character of a line is \e, the line is joined with the following
                    589: line (the \e and the newline are completely removed).
                    590: This is called line continuation and applies both inside and outside quoted
1.656     nicm      591: strings and in comments, but not inside braces.
1.651     nicm      592: .Pp
1.655     nicm      593: Command arguments may be specified as strings surrounded by single (') quotes,
                    594: double quotes (") or braces ({}).
1.651     nicm      595: .\" "
                    596: This is required when the argument contains any special character.
1.655     nicm      597: Single and double quoted strings cannot span multiple lines except with line
                    598: continuation.
                    599: Braces can span multiple lines.
1.651     nicm      600: .Pp
                    601: Outside of quotes and inside double quotes, these replacements are performed:
                    602: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    603: .It
                    604: Environment variables preceded by $ are replaced with their value from the
                    605: global environment (see the
                    606: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    607: section).
                    608: .It
                    609: A leading ~ or ~user is expanded to the home directory of the current or
                    610: specified user.
                    611: .It
                    612: \euXXXX or \euXXXXXXXX is replaced by the Unicode codepoint corresponding to
                    613: the given four or eight digit hexadecimal number.
                    614: .It
                    615: When preceded (escaped) by a \e, the following characters are replaced: \ee by
                    616: the escape character; \er by a carriage return; \en by a newline; and \et by a
                    617: tab.
1.660     nicm      618: .It
                    619: \eooo is replaced by a character of the octal value ooo.
                    620: Three octal digits are required, for example \e001.
                    621: The largest valid character is \e377.
                    622: .It
1.651     nicm      623: Any other characters preceded by \e are replaced by themselves (that is, the \e
                    624: is removed) and are not treated as having any special meaning - so for example
                    625: \e; will not mark a command sequence and \e$ will not expand an environment
                    626: variable.
                    627: .El
                    628: .Pp
1.776     nicm      629: Braces are parsed as a configuration file (so conditions such as
                    630: .Ql %if
                    631: are processed) and then converted into a string.
                    632: They are designed to avoid the need for additional escaping when passing a
                    633: group of
1.655     nicm      634: .Nm
1.776     nicm      635: commands as an argument (for example to
                    636: .Ic if-shell ) .
1.655     nicm      637: These two examples produce an identical command - note that no escaping is
                    638: needed when using {}:
                    639: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    640: if-shell true {
                    641:     display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }$foo'
                    642: }
                    643:
1.776     nicm      644: if-shell true "display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }\e$foo'"
1.655     nicm      645: .Ed
                    646: .Pp
                    647: Braces may be enclosed inside braces, for example:
                    648: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    649: bind x if-shell "true" {
                    650:     if-shell "true" {
1.706     nicm      651:         display "true!"
1.655     nicm      652:     }
                    653: }
                    654: .Ed
                    655: .Pp
1.651     nicm      656: Environment variables may be set by using the syntax
                    657: .Ql name=value ,
                    658: for example
                    659: .Ql HOME=/home/user .
                    660: Variables set during parsing are added to the global environment.
1.728     nicm      661: A hidden variable may be set with
                    662: .Ql %hidden ,
                    663: for example:
                    664: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    665: %hidden MYVAR=42
                    666: .Ed
                    667: .Pp
                    668: Hidden variables are not passed to the environment of processes created
                    669: by tmux.
                    670: See the
                    671: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    672: section.
1.651     nicm      673: .Pp
                    674: Commands may be parsed conditionally by surrounding them with
                    675: .Ql %if ,
                    676: .Ql %elif ,
                    677: .Ql %else
                    678: and
                    679: .Ql %endif .
                    680: The argument to
                    681: .Ql %if
                    682: and
                    683: .Ql %elif
                    684: is expanded as a format (see
                    685: .Sx FORMATS )
                    686: and if it evaluates to false (zero or empty), subsequent text is ignored until
                    687: the closing
                    688: .Ql %elif ,
                    689: .Ql %else
                    690: or
                    691: .Ql %endif .
                    692: For example:
                    693: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.666     nicm      694: %if "#{==:#{host},myhost}"
1.651     nicm      695: set -g status-style bg=red
1.666     nicm      696: %elif "#{==:#{host},myotherhost}"
1.651     nicm      697: set -g status-style bg=green
                    698: %else
                    699: set -g status-style bg=blue
                    700: %endif
                    701: .Ed
                    702: .Pp
                    703: Will change the status line to red if running on
                    704: .Ql myhost ,
                    705: green if running on
                    706: .Ql myotherhost ,
                    707: or blue if running on another host.
                    708: Conditionals may be given on one line, for example:
                    709: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    710: %if #{==:#{host},myhost} set -g status-style bg=red %endif
                    711: .Ed
1.57      jmc       712: .Sh COMMANDS
1.651     nicm      713: This section describes the commands supported by
1.57      jmc       714: .Nm .
                    715: Most commands accept the optional
                    716: .Fl t
1.432     nicm      717: (and sometimes
                    718: .Fl s )
1.57      jmc       719: argument with one of
                    720: .Ar target-client ,
1.678     nicm      721: .Ar target-session ,
1.57      jmc       722: .Ar target-window ,
                    723: or
                    724: .Ar target-pane .
                    725: These specify the client, session, window or pane which a command should affect.
1.423     nicm      726: .Pp
1.57      jmc       727: .Ar target-client
1.540     nicm      728: should be the name of the client,
                    729: typically the
1.57      jmc       730: .Xr pty 4
                    731: file to which the client is connected, for example either of
                    732: .Pa /dev/ttyp1
                    733: or
                    734: .Pa ttyp1
                    735: for the client attached to
                    736: .Pa /dev/ttyp1 .
1.423     nicm      737: If no client is specified,
                    738: .Nm
                    739: attempts to work out the client currently in use; if that fails, an error is
                    740: reported.
1.57      jmc       741: Clients may be listed with the
                    742: .Ic list-clients
                    743: command.
1.1       nicm      744: .Pp
1.57      jmc       745: .Ar target-session
1.423     nicm      746: is tried as, in order:
                    747: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    748: .It
                    749: A session ID prefixed with a $.
                    750: .It
                    751: An exact name of a session (as listed by the
1.57      jmc       752: .Ic list-sessions
1.423     nicm      753: command).
                    754: .It
                    755: The start of a session name, for example
                    756: .Ql mysess
                    757: would match a session named
                    758: .Ql mysession .
                    759: .It
                    760: An
1.57      jmc       761: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      762: pattern which is matched against the session name.
                    763: .El
                    764: .Pp
1.441     nicm      765: If the session name is prefixed with an
                    766: .Ql = ,
1.435     nicm      767: only an exact match is accepted (so
                    768: .Ql =mysess
                    769: will only match exactly
                    770: .Ql mysess ,
                    771: not
                    772: .Ql mysession ) .
1.441     nicm      773: .Pp
1.423     nicm      774: If a single session is found, it is used as the target session; multiple matches
1.57      jmc       775: produce an error.
                    776: If a session is omitted, the current session is used if available; if no
1.117     nicm      777: current session is available, the most recently used is chosen.
1.1       nicm      778: .Pp
1.57      jmc       779: .Ar target-window
1.472     nicm      780: (or
                    781: .Ar src-window
                    782: or
                    783: .Ar dst-window )
1.57      jmc       784: specifies a window in the form
                    785: .Em session Ns \&: Ns Em window .
                    786: .Em session
                    787: follows the same rules as for
                    788: .Ar target-session ,
                    789: and
                    790: .Em window
1.423     nicm      791: is looked for in order as:
                    792: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    793: .It
                    794: A special token, listed below.
                    795: .It
                    796: A window index, for example
                    797: .Ql mysession:1
                    798: is window 1 in session
                    799: .Ql mysession .
                    800: .It
                    801: A window ID, such as @1.
                    802: .It
                    803: An exact window name, such as
                    804: .Ql mysession:mywindow .
                    805: .It
                    806: The start of a window name, such as
                    807: .Ql mysession:mywin .
                    808: .It
                    809: As an
1.57      jmc       810: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      811: pattern matched against the window name.
                    812: .El
                    813: .Pp
1.435     nicm      814: Like sessions, a
                    815: .Ql =
                    816: prefix will do an exact match only.
1.57      jmc       817: An empty window name specifies the next unused index if appropriate (for
                    818: example the
                    819: .Ic new-window
                    820: and
                    821: .Ic link-window
                    822: commands)
                    823: otherwise the current window in
                    824: .Em session
                    825: is chosen.
1.423     nicm      826: .Pp
1.424     nicm      827: The following special tokens are available to indicate particular windows.
                    828: Each has a single-character alternative form.
1.423     nicm      829: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    830: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    831: .It Li "{start}" Ta "^" Ta "The lowest-numbered window"
                    832: .It Li "{end}" Ta "$" Ta "The highest-numbered window"
                    833: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously current) window"
                    834: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next window by number"
                    835: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous window by number"
                    836: .El
1.1       nicm      837: .Pp
1.57      jmc       838: .Ar target-pane
1.472     nicm      839: (or
                    840: .Ar src-pane
                    841: or
                    842: .Ar dst-pane )
                    843: may be a pane ID or takes a similar form to
1.57      jmc       844: .Ar target-window
1.423     nicm      845: but with the optional addition of a period followed by a pane index or pane ID,
                    846: for example:
                    847: .Ql mysession:mywindow.1 .
1.57      jmc       848: If the pane index is omitted, the currently active pane in the specified
                    849: window is used.
1.423     nicm      850: The following special tokens are available for the pane index:
                    851: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    852: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    853: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously active) pane"
                    854: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next pane by number"
                    855: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous pane by number"
                    856: .It Li "{top}" Ta "" Ta "The top pane"
                    857: .It Li "{bottom}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom pane"
                    858: .It Li "{left}" Ta "" Ta "The leftmost pane"
                    859: .It Li "{right}" Ta "" Ta "The rightmost pane"
                    860: .It Li "{top-left}" Ta "" Ta "The top-left pane"
                    861: .It Li "{top-right}" Ta "" Ta "The top-right pane"
                    862: .It Li "{bottom-left}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-left pane"
                    863: .It Li "{bottom-right}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-right pane"
1.447     nicm      864: .It Li "{up-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane above the active pane"
                    865: .It Li "{down-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane below the active pane"
                    866: .It Li "{left-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the left of the active pane"
                    867: .It Li "{right-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the right of the active pane"
1.423     nicm      868: .El
1.177     nicm      869: .Pp
1.423     nicm      870: The tokens
1.177     nicm      871: .Ql +
                    872: and
                    873: .Ql -
                    874: may be followed by an offset, for example:
                    875: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    876: select-window -t:+2
                    877: .Ed
                    878: .Pp
1.432     nicm      879: In addition,
                    880: .Em target-session ,
                    881: .Em target-window
                    882: or
                    883: .Em target-pane
                    884: may consist entirely of the token
                    885: .Ql {mouse}
                    886: (alternative form
                    887: .Ql = )
1.916   ! nicm      888: to specify the session, window or pane where the most recent mouse event
        !           889: occurred (see the
1.432     nicm      890: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                    891: section)
                    892: or
                    893: .Ql {marked}
                    894: (alternative form
                    895: .Ql ~ )
                    896: to specify the marked pane (see
                    897: .Ic select-pane
                    898: .Fl m ) .
                    899: .Pp
1.423     nicm      900: Sessions, window and panes are each numbered with a unique ID; session IDs are
                    901: prefixed with a
                    902: .Ql $ ,
                    903: windows with a
                    904: .Ql @ ,
                    905: and panes with a
                    906: .Ql % .
                    907: These are unique and are unchanged for the life of the session, window or pane
                    908: in the
1.212     nicm      909: .Nm
1.423     nicm      910: server.
                    911: The pane ID is passed to the child process of the pane in the
1.212     nicm      912: .Ev TMUX_PANE
                    913: environment variable.
1.423     nicm      914: IDs may be displayed using the
                    915: .Ql session_id ,
                    916: .Ql window_id ,
                    917: or
                    918: .Ql pane_id
                    919: formats (see the
                    920: .Sx FORMATS
                    921: section) and the
                    922: .Ic display-message ,
                    923: .Ic list-sessions ,
                    924: .Ic list-windows
                    925: or
                    926: .Ic list-panes
                    927: commands.
1.15      jmc       928: .Pp
1.153     nicm      929: .Ar shell-command
                    930: arguments are
                    931: .Xr sh 1
                    932: commands.
1.394     nicm      933: This may be a single argument passed to the shell, for example:
1.153     nicm      934: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      935: new-window 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.153     nicm      936: .Ed
1.394     nicm      937: .Pp
                    938: Will run:
                    939: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      940: /bin/sh -c 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.394     nicm      941: .Ed
                    942: .Pp
                    943: Additionally, the
                    944: .Ic new-window ,
                    945: .Ic new-session ,
                    946: .Ic split-window ,
                    947: .Ic respawn-window
                    948: and
                    949: .Ic respawn-pane
                    950: commands allow
                    951: .Ar shell-command
                    952: to be given as multiple arguments and executed directly (without
                    953: .Ql sh -c ) .
                    954: This can avoid issues with shell quoting.
                    955: For example:
                    956: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      957: $ tmux new-window vi ~/.tmux.conf
1.394     nicm      958: .Ed
                    959: .Pp
                    960: Will run
                    961: .Xr vi 1
                    962: directly without invoking the shell.
1.153     nicm      963: .Pp
                    964: .Ar command
1.910     kn        965: .Op Ar argument ...
1.153     nicm      966: refers to a
                    967: .Nm
1.655     nicm      968: command, either passed with the command and arguments separately, for example:
1.153     nicm      969: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.629     nicm      970: bind-key F1 set-option status off
1.153     nicm      971: .Ed
                    972: .Pp
1.655     nicm      973: Or passed as a single string argument in
                    974: .Pa .tmux.conf ,
                    975: for example:
1.153     nicm      976: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.655     nicm      977: bind-key F1 { set-option status off }
1.153     nicm      978: .Ed
                    979: .Pp
                    980: Example
                    981: .Nm
                    982: commands include:
1.13      nicm      983: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.57      jmc       984: refresh-client -t/dev/ttyp2
                    985:
                    986: rename-session -tfirst newname
                    987:
1.668     nicm      988: set-option -wt:0 monitor-activity on
1.57      jmc       989:
                    990: new-window ; split-window -d
1.244     nicm      991:
                    992: bind-key R source-file ~/.tmux.conf \e; \e
                    993:        display-message "source-file done"
1.13      nicm      994: .Ed
1.153     nicm      995: .Pp
                    996: Or from
                    997: .Xr sh 1 :
                    998: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    999: $ tmux kill-window -t :1
                   1000:
1.159     jmc      1001: $ tmux new-window \e; split-window -d
1.153     nicm     1002:
1.821     nicm     1003: $ tmux new-session -d 'vi ~/.tmux.conf' \e; split-window -d \e; attach
1.153     nicm     1004: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1005: .Sh CLIENTS AND SESSIONS
1.153     nicm     1006: The
                   1007: .Nm
                   1008: server manages clients, sessions, windows and panes.
                   1009: Clients are attached to sessions to interact with them, either
                   1010: when they are created with the
                   1011: .Ic new-session
                   1012: command, or later with the
                   1013: .Ic attach-session
                   1014: command.
1.188     nicm     1015: Each session has one or more windows
1.153     nicm     1016: .Em linked
                   1017: into it.
                   1018: Windows may be linked to multiple sessions and are made up of one or
                   1019: more panes,
                   1020: each of which contains a pseudo terminal.
                   1021: Commands for creating, linking and otherwise manipulating windows
                   1022: are covered
                   1023: in the
                   1024: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   1025: section.
                   1026: .Pp
                   1027: The following commands are available to manage clients and sessions:
1.57      jmc      1028: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1029: .Tg attach
1.57      jmc      1030: .It Xo Ic attach-session
1.662     nicm     1031: .Op Fl dErx
1.372     nicm     1032: .Op Fl c Ar working-directory
1.762     nicm     1033: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.57      jmc      1034: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1035: .Xc
1.870     kn       1036: .D1 Pq alias: Ic attach
1.57      jmc      1037: If run from outside
                   1038: .Nm ,
                   1039: create a new client in the current terminal and attach it to
                   1040: .Ar target-session .
                   1041: If used from inside, switch the current client.
                   1042: If
                   1043: .Fl d
                   1044: is specified, any other clients attached to the session are detached.
1.662     nicm     1045: If
                   1046: .Fl x
1.703     nicm     1047: is given, send
                   1048: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1049: to the parent process of the client as well as
1.662     nicm     1050: detaching the client, typically causing it to exit.
1.762     nicm     1051: .Fl f
                   1052: sets a comma-separated list of client flags.
                   1053: The flags are:
                   1054: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.778     nicm     1055: .It active-pane
                   1056: the client has an independent active pane
1.762     nicm     1057: .It ignore-size
                   1058: the client does not affect the size of other clients
                   1059: .It no-output
                   1060: the client does not receive pane output in control mode
1.778     nicm     1061: .It pause-after=seconds
                   1062: output is paused once the pane is
                   1063: .Ar seconds
                   1064: behind in control mode
                   1065: .It read-only
                   1066: the client is read-only
1.786     nicm     1067: .It wait-exit
                   1068: wait for an empty line input before exiting in control mode
1.762     nicm     1069: .El
                   1070: .Pp
                   1071: A leading
1.799     tim      1072: .Ql \&!
1.762     nicm     1073: turns a flag off if the client is already attached.
1.148     nicm     1074: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1075: is an alias for
                   1076: .Fl f
                   1077: .Ar read-only,ignore-size .
                   1078: When a client is read-only, only keys bound to the
1.148     nicm     1079: .Ic detach-client
1.242     nicm     1080: or
                   1081: .Ic switch-client
1.762     nicm     1082: commands have any effect.
1.769     nicm     1083: A client with the
                   1084: .Ar active-pane
                   1085: flag allows the active pane to be selected independently of the window's active
                   1086: pane used by clients without the flag.
                   1087: This only affects the cursor position and commands issued from the client;
                   1088: other features such as hooks and styles continue to use the window's active
                   1089: pane.
1.13      nicm     1090: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1091: If no server is started,
                   1092: .Ic attach-session
                   1093: will attempt to start it; this will fail unless sessions are created in the
                   1094: configuration file.
1.217     nicm     1095: .Pp
                   1096: The
                   1097: .Ar target-session
                   1098: rules for
                   1099: .Ic attach-session
                   1100: are slightly adjusted: if
                   1101: .Nm
                   1102: needs to select the most recently used session, it will prefer the most
                   1103: recently used
                   1104: .Em unattached
                   1105: session.
1.372     nicm     1106: .Pp
                   1107: .Fl c
                   1108: will set the session working directory (used for new windows) to
                   1109: .Ar working-directory .
1.436     nicm     1110: .Pp
                   1111: If
                   1112: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1113: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1114: .Ic update-environment
                   1115: option will not be applied.
1.858     kn       1116: .Tg detach
1.211     nicm     1117: .It Xo Ic detach-client
1.463     nicm     1118: .Op Fl aP
1.525     nicm     1119: .Op Fl E Ar shell-command
1.219     nicm     1120: .Op Fl s Ar target-session
1.211     nicm     1121: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1122: .Xc
1.870     kn       1123: .D1 Pq alias: Ic detach
1.218     nicm     1124: Detach the current client if bound to a key, the client specified with
                   1125: .Fl t ,
1.258     jmc      1126: or all clients currently attached to the session specified by
1.218     nicm     1127: .Fl s .
1.296     nicm     1128: The
                   1129: .Fl a
                   1130: option kills all but the client given with
                   1131: .Fl t .
1.211     nicm     1132: If
                   1133: .Fl P
1.703     nicm     1134: is given, send
                   1135: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1136: to the parent process of the client, typically causing it
1.211     nicm     1137: to exit.
1.525     nicm     1138: With
                   1139: .Fl E ,
                   1140: run
                   1141: .Ar shell-command
                   1142: to replace the client.
1.858     kn       1143: .Tg has
1.57      jmc      1144: .It Ic has-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1145: .D1 Pq alias: Ic has
1.57      jmc      1146: Report an error and exit with 1 if the specified session does not exist.
                   1147: If it does exist, exit with 0.
                   1148: .It Ic kill-server
                   1149: Kill the
1.1       nicm     1150: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1151: server and clients and destroy all sessions.
1.369     nicm     1152: .It Xo Ic kill-session
1.464     nicm     1153: .Op Fl aC
1.297     nicm     1154: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.369     nicm     1155: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1156: Destroy the given session, closing any windows linked to it and no other
                   1157: sessions, and detaching all clients attached to it.
1.297     nicm     1158: If
                   1159: .Fl a
                   1160: is given, all sessions but the specified one is killed.
1.464     nicm     1161: The
                   1162: .Fl C
1.467     nicm     1163: flag clears alerts (bell, activity, or silence) in all windows linked to the
1.464     nicm     1164: session.
1.858     kn       1165: .Tg lsc
1.250     nicm     1166: .It Xo Ic list-clients
                   1167: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.915     nicm     1168: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.250     nicm     1169: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1170: .Xc
1.870     kn       1171: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsc
1.221     jmc      1172: List all clients attached to the server.
1.250     nicm     1173: .Fl F
1.915     nicm     1174: specifies the format of each line and
                   1175: .Fl f
                   1176: a filter.
                   1177: Only clients for which the filter is true are shown.
                   1178: See the
1.252     jmc      1179: .Sx FORMATS
                   1180: section.
1.221     jmc      1181: If
1.220     nicm     1182: .Ar target-session
                   1183: is specified, list only clients connected to that session.
1.858     kn       1184: .Tg lscm
1.489     nicm     1185: .It Xo Ic list-commands
                   1186: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.731     nicm     1187: .Op Ar command
1.489     nicm     1188: .Xc
1.870     kn       1189: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lscm
1.731     nicm     1190: List the syntax of
                   1191: .Ar command
                   1192: or - if omitted - of all commands supported by
1.57      jmc      1193: .Nm .
1.858     kn       1194: .Tg ls
1.738     nicm     1195: .It Xo Ic list-sessions
                   1196: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   1197: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   1198: .Xc
1.870     kn       1199: .D1 Pq alias: Ic ls
1.57      jmc      1200: List all sessions managed by the server.
1.247     nicm     1201: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     1202: specifies the format of each line and
                   1203: .Fl f
                   1204: a filter.
                   1205: Only sessions for which the filter is true are shown.
                   1206: See the
1.247     nicm     1207: .Sx FORMATS
                   1208: section.
1.858     kn       1209: .Tg lockc
1.175     nicm     1210: .It Ic lock-client Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.870     kn       1211: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lockc
1.92      nicm     1212: Lock
                   1213: .Ar target-client ,
                   1214: see the
                   1215: .Ic lock-server
                   1216: command.
1.858     kn       1217: .Tg locks
1.175     nicm     1218: .It Ic lock-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       1219: .D1 Pq alias: Ic locks
1.92      nicm     1220: Lock all clients attached to
                   1221: .Ar target-session .
1.858     kn       1222: .Tg new
1.57      jmc      1223: .It Xo Ic new-session
1.662     nicm     1224: .Op Fl AdDEPX
1.371     nicm     1225: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.760     nicm     1226: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.762     nicm     1227: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.351     nicm     1228: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      1229: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   1230: .Op Fl s Ar session-name
1.536     nicm     1231: .Op Fl t Ar group-name
1.210     nicm     1232: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   1233: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.153     nicm     1234: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      1235: .Xc
1.870     kn       1236: .D1 Pq alias: Ic new
1.57      jmc      1237: Create a new session with name
                   1238: .Ar session-name .
1.153     nicm     1239: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1240: The new session is attached to the current terminal unless
                   1241: .Fl d
                   1242: is given.
                   1243: .Ar window-name
1.1       nicm     1244: and
1.153     nicm     1245: .Ar shell-command
                   1246: are the name of and shell command to execute in the initial window.
1.552     nicm     1247: With
                   1248: .Fl d ,
1.642     nicm     1249: the initial size comes from the global
                   1250: .Ic default-size
                   1251: option;
1.210     nicm     1252: .Fl x
                   1253: and
                   1254: .Fl y
1.602     nicm     1255: can be used to specify a different size.
                   1256: .Ql -
                   1257: uses the size of the current client if any.
1.642     nicm     1258: If
                   1259: .Fl x
                   1260: or
                   1261: .Fl y
                   1262: is given, the
                   1263: .Ic default-size
                   1264: option is set for the session.
1.762     nicm     1265: .Fl f
                   1266: sets a comma-separated list of client flags (see
                   1267: .Ic attach-session ) .
1.68      nicm     1268: .Pp
                   1269: If run from a terminal, any
                   1270: .Xr termios 4
                   1271: special characters are saved and used for new windows in the new session.
1.338     nicm     1272: .Pp
                   1273: The
                   1274: .Fl A
                   1275: flag makes
                   1276: .Ic new-session
                   1277: behave like
                   1278: .Ic attach-session
                   1279: if
                   1280: .Ar session-name
1.416     nicm     1281: already exists; in this case,
1.338     nicm     1282: .Fl D
                   1283: behaves like
                   1284: .Fl d
1.662     nicm     1285: to
                   1286: .Ic attach-session ,
                   1287: and
                   1288: .Fl X
                   1289: behaves like
                   1290: .Fl x
1.338     nicm     1291: to
                   1292: .Ic attach-session .
1.101     nicm     1293: .Pp
                   1294: If
                   1295: .Fl t
1.536     nicm     1296: is given, it specifies a
                   1297: .Ic session group .
                   1298: Sessions in the same group share the same set of windows - new windows are
1.537     nicm     1299: linked to all sessions in the group and any windows closed removed from all
1.536     nicm     1300: sessions.
1.101     nicm     1301: The current and previous window and any session options remain independent and
1.536     nicm     1302: any session in a group may be killed without affecting the others.
                   1303: The
                   1304: .Ar group-name
                   1305: argument may be:
                   1306: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   1307: .It
                   1308: the name of an existing group, in which case the new session is added to that
                   1309: group;
                   1310: .It
                   1311: the name of an existing session - the new session is added to the same group
                   1312: as that session, creating a new group if necessary;
                   1313: .It
                   1314: the name for a new group containing only the new session.
                   1315: .El
                   1316: .Pp
1.101     nicm     1317: .Fl n
1.480     nicm     1318: and
1.153     nicm     1319: .Ar shell-command
1.101     nicm     1320: are invalid if
                   1321: .Fl t
                   1322: is used.
1.351     nicm     1323: .Pp
                   1324: The
                   1325: .Fl P
                   1326: option prints information about the new session after it has been created.
                   1327: By default, it uses the format
1.683     nicm     1328: .Ql #{session_name}:\&
1.351     nicm     1329: but a different format may be specified with
                   1330: .Fl F .
1.436     nicm     1331: .Pp
                   1332: If
                   1333: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1334: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1335: .Ic update-environment
                   1336: option will not be applied.
1.760     nicm     1337: .Fl e
                   1338: takes the form
                   1339: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   1340: and sets an environment variable for the newly created session; it may be
                   1341: specified multiple times.
1.858     kn       1342: .Tg refresh
1.248     nicm     1343: .It Xo Ic refresh-client
1.881     nicm     1344: .Op Fl cDLRSU
1.773     nicm     1345: .Op Fl A Ar pane:state
1.788     nicm     1346: .Op Fl B Ar name:what:format
1.855     nicm     1347: .Op Fl C Ar size
1.762     nicm     1348: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.881     nicm     1349: .Op Fl l Op Ar target-pane
1.248     nicm     1350: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.613     nicm     1351: .Op Ar adjustment
1.248     nicm     1352: .Xc
1.870     kn       1353: .D1 Pq alias: Ic refresh
1.57      jmc      1354: Refresh the current client if bound to a key, or a single client if one is given
                   1355: with
                   1356: .Fl t .
1.248     nicm     1357: If
                   1358: .Fl S
1.538     nicm     1359: is specified, only update the client's status line.
1.535     nicm     1360: .Pp
1.642     nicm     1361: The
                   1362: .Fl U ,
                   1363: .Fl D ,
                   1364: .Fl L
                   1365: .Fl R ,
                   1366: and
                   1367: .Fl c
                   1368: flags allow the visible portion of a window which is larger than the client
                   1369: to be changed.
                   1370: .Fl U
                   1371: moves the visible part up by
                   1372: .Ar adjustment
                   1373: rows and
                   1374: .Fl D
                   1375: down,
                   1376: .Fl L
                   1377: left by
                   1378: .Ar adjustment
                   1379: columns and
                   1380: .Fl R
                   1381: right.
                   1382: .Fl c
                   1383: returns to tracking the cursor automatically.
                   1384: If
                   1385: .Ar adjustment
                   1386: is omitted, 1 is used.
                   1387: Note that the visible position is a property of the client not of the
                   1388: window, changing the current window in the attached session will reset
                   1389: it.
                   1390: .Pp
1.535     nicm     1391: .Fl C
1.855     nicm     1392: sets the width and height of a control mode client or of a window for a
                   1393: control mode client,
                   1394: .Ar size
                   1395: must be one of
                   1396: .Ql widthxheight
                   1397: or
                   1398: .Ql window ID:widthxheight ,
                   1399: for example
                   1400: .Ql 80x24
                   1401: or
                   1402: .Ql @0:80x24 .
1.773     nicm     1403: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1404: allows a control mode client to trigger actions on a pane.
1.773     nicm     1405: The argument is a pane ID (with leading
                   1406: .Ql % ) ,
                   1407: a colon, then one of
1.778     nicm     1408: .Ql on ,
1.781     nicm     1409: .Ql off ,
                   1410: .Ql continue
1.773     nicm     1411: or
1.781     nicm     1412: .Ql pause .
1.773     nicm     1413: If
                   1414: .Ql off ,
                   1415: .Nm
                   1416: will not send output from the pane to the client and if all clients have turned
                   1417: the pane off, will stop reading from the pane.
1.778     nicm     1418: If
                   1419: .Ql continue ,
                   1420: .Nm
1.781     nicm     1421: will return to sending output to the pane if it was paused (manually or with the
1.778     nicm     1422: .Ar pause-after
                   1423: flag).
1.781     nicm     1424: If
                   1425: .Ql pause ,
                   1426: .Nm
                   1427: will pause the pane.
1.773     nicm     1428: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1429: may be given multiple times for different panes.
1.773     nicm     1430: .Pp
1.788     nicm     1431: .Fl B
                   1432: sets a subscription to a format for a control mode client.
                   1433: The argument is split into three items by colons:
                   1434: .Ar name
                   1435: is a name for the subscription;
                   1436: .Ar what
                   1437: is a type of item to subscribe to;
                   1438: .Ar format
                   1439: is the format.
                   1440: After a subscription is added, changes to the format are reported with the
                   1441: .Ic %subscription-changed
                   1442: notification, at most once a second.
                   1443: If only the name is given, the subscription is removed.
                   1444: .Ar what
                   1445: may be empty to check the format only for the attached session, or one of:
                   1446: a pane ID such as
                   1447: .Ql %0 ;
                   1448: .Ql %*
                   1449: for all panes in the attached session;
1.816     jmc      1450: a window ID such as
1.788     nicm     1451: .Ql @0 ;
                   1452: or
                   1453: .Ql @*
                   1454: for all windows in the attached session.
                   1455: .Pp
1.762     nicm     1456: .Fl f
                   1457: sets a comma-separated list of client flags, see
                   1458: .Ic attach-session .
1.677     nicm     1459: .Pp
1.612     nicm     1460: .Fl l
                   1461: requests the clipboard from the client using the
                   1462: .Xr xterm 1
1.881     nicm     1463: escape sequence.
                   1464: If
1.916   ! nicm     1465: .Ar target-pane
1.881     nicm     1466: is given, the clipboard is sent (in encoded form), otherwise it is stored in a
                   1467: new paste buffer.
1.613     nicm     1468: .Pp
                   1469: .Fl L ,
                   1470: .Fl R ,
                   1471: .Fl U
                   1472: and
                   1473: .Fl D
                   1474: move the visible portion of the window left, right, up or down
                   1475: by
                   1476: .Ar adjustment ,
                   1477: if the window is larger than the client.
                   1478: .Fl c
                   1479: resets so that the position follows the cursor.
                   1480: See the
                   1481: .Ic window-size
                   1482: option.
1.858     kn       1483: .Tg rename
1.57      jmc      1484: .It Xo Ic rename-session
                   1485: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1486: .Ar new-name
                   1487: .Xc
1.870     kn       1488: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rename
1.57      jmc      1489: Rename the session to
                   1490: .Ar new-name .
1.888     nicm     1491: .It Xo Ic server-access
                   1492: .Op Fl adlrw
                   1493: .Op Ar user
                   1494: .Xc
                   1495: Change the access or read/write permission of
                   1496: .Ar user .
                   1497: The user running the
                   1498: .Nm
                   1499: server (its owner) and the root user cannot be changed and are always
                   1500: permitted access.
                   1501: .Pp
                   1502: .Fl a
                   1503: and
                   1504: .Fl d
                   1505: are used to give or revoke access for the specified user.
                   1506: If the user is already attached, the
                   1507: .Fl d
                   1508: flag causes their clients to be detached.
                   1509: .Pp
                   1510: .Fl r
                   1511: and
                   1512: .Fl w
                   1513: change the permissions for
                   1514: .Ar user :
                   1515: .Fl r
                   1516: makes their clients read-only and
                   1517: .Fl w
                   1518: writable.
                   1519: .Fl l
                   1520: lists current access permissions.
                   1521: .Pp
                   1522: By default, the access list is empty and
                   1523: .Nm
                   1524: creates sockets with file system permissions preventing access by any user
                   1525: other than the owner (and root).
                   1526: These permissions must be changed manually.
                   1527: Great care should be taken not to allow access to untrusted users even
                   1528: read-only.
1.858     kn       1529: .Tg showmsgs
1.121     nicm     1530: .It Xo Ic show-messages
1.465     nicm     1531: .Op Fl JT
1.120     nicm     1532: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1533: .Xc
1.870     kn       1534: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showmsgs
1.764     nicm     1535: Show server messages or information.
                   1536: Messages are stored, up to a maximum of the limit set by the
1.120     nicm     1537: .Ar message-limit
1.384     nicm     1538: server option.
1.377     nicm     1539: .Fl J
                   1540: and
                   1541: .Fl T
1.465     nicm     1542: show debugging information about jobs and terminals.
1.858     kn       1543: .Tg source
1.488     tim      1544: .It Xo Ic source-file
1.793     nicm     1545: .Op Fl Fnqv
1.910     kn       1546: .Ar path ...
1.488     tim      1547: .Xc
1.870     kn       1548: .D1 Pq alias: Ic source
1.659     nicm     1549: Execute commands from one or more files specified by
1.519     nicm     1550: .Ar path
1.659     nicm     1551: (which may be
1.607     kn       1552: .Xr glob 7
1.659     nicm     1553: patterns).
1.488     tim      1554: If
1.793     nicm     1555: .Fl F
                   1556: is present, then
                   1557: .Ar path
                   1558: is expanded as a format.
                   1559: If
1.488     tim      1560: .Fl q
                   1561: is given, no error will be returned if
                   1562: .Ar path
                   1563: does not exist.
1.651     nicm     1564: With
                   1565: .Fl n ,
                   1566: the file is parsed but no commands are executed.
1.663     nicm     1567: .Fl v
                   1568: shows the parsed commands and line numbers if possible.
1.858     kn       1569: .Tg start
1.57      jmc      1570: .It Ic start-server
1.870     kn       1571: .D1 Pq alias: Ic start
1.57      jmc      1572: Start the
1.1       nicm     1573: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1574: server, if not already running, without creating any sessions.
1.707     nicm     1575: .Pp
                   1576: Note that as by default the
                   1577: .Nm
1.916   ! nicm     1578: server will exit with no sessions, this is only useful if a session is created
        !          1579: in
1.707     nicm     1580: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf ,
                   1581: .Ic exit-empty
                   1582: is turned off, or another command is run as part of the same command sequence.
                   1583: For example:
                   1584: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1585: $ tmux start \\; show -g
                   1586: .Ed
1.858     kn       1587: .Tg suspendc
1.57      jmc      1588: .It Xo Ic suspend-client
1.202     nicm     1589: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      1590: .Xc
1.870     kn       1591: .D1 Pq alias: Ic suspendc
1.57      jmc      1592: Suspend a client by sending
                   1593: .Dv SIGTSTP
                   1594: (tty stop).
1.858     kn       1595: .Tg switchc
1.57      jmc      1596: .It Xo Ic switch-client
1.681     nicm     1597: .Op Fl ElnprZ
1.57      jmc      1598: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   1599: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.421     nicm     1600: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      1601: .Xc
1.870     kn       1602: .D1 Pq alias: Ic switchc
1.57      jmc      1603: Switch the current session for client
                   1604: .Ar target-client
                   1605: to
                   1606: .Ar target-session .
1.635     nicm     1607: As a special case,
                   1608: .Fl t
                   1609: may refer to a pane (a target that contains
1.636     jmc      1610: .Ql \&: ,
                   1611: .Ql \&.
1.635     nicm     1612: or
1.636     jmc      1613: .Ql % ) ,
1.681     nicm     1614: to change session, window and pane.
                   1615: In that case,
                   1616: .Fl Z
                   1617: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.183     nicm     1618: If
1.197     jmc      1619: .Fl l ,
1.183     nicm     1620: .Fl n
                   1621: or
                   1622: .Fl p
1.194     nicm     1623: is used, the client is moved to the last, next or previous session
                   1624: respectively.
1.242     nicm     1625: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1626: toggles the client
                   1627: .Ic read-only
                   1628: and
                   1629: .Ic ignore-size
                   1630: flags (see the
1.242     nicm     1631: .Ic attach-session
                   1632: command).
1.436     nicm     1633: .Pp
                   1634: If
                   1635: .Fl E
                   1636: is used,
                   1637: .Ic update-environment
                   1638: option will not be applied.
1.421     nicm     1639: .Pp
                   1640: .Fl T
1.706     nicm     1641: sets the client's key table; the next key from the client will be interpreted
                   1642: from
1.421     nicm     1643: .Ar key-table .
                   1644: This may be used to configure multiple prefix keys, or to bind commands to
                   1645: sequences of keys.
                   1646: For example, to make typing
                   1647: .Ql abc
                   1648: run the
                   1649: .Ic list-keys
                   1650: command:
                   1651: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1652: bind-key -Ttable2 c list-keys
                   1653: bind-key -Ttable1 b switch-client -Ttable2
                   1654: bind-key -Troot   a switch-client -Ttable1
                   1655: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1656: .El
                   1657: .Sh WINDOWS AND PANES
1.679     nicm     1658: Each window displayed by
                   1659: .Nm
                   1660: may be split into one or more
                   1661: .Em panes ;
                   1662: each pane takes up a certain area of the display and is a separate terminal.
                   1663: A window may be split into panes using the
                   1664: .Ic split-window
                   1665: command.
                   1666: Windows may be split horizontally (with the
                   1667: .Fl h
                   1668: flag) or vertically.
                   1669: Panes may be resized with the
                   1670: .Ic resize-pane
                   1671: command (bound to
                   1672: .Ql C-Up ,
                   1673: .Ql C-Down
                   1674: .Ql C-Left
                   1675: and
                   1676: .Ql C-Right
                   1677: by default), the current pane may be changed with the
                   1678: .Ic select-pane
                   1679: command and the
                   1680: .Ic rotate-window
                   1681: and
                   1682: .Ic swap-pane
                   1683: commands may be used to swap panes without changing their position.
                   1684: Panes are numbered beginning from zero in the order they are created.
                   1685: .Pp
                   1686: By default, a
1.1       nicm     1687: .Nm
1.679     nicm     1688: pane permits direct access to the terminal contained in the pane.
                   1689: A pane may also be put into one of several modes:
                   1690: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                   1691: .It
                   1692: Copy mode, which permits a section of a window or its
1.164     nicm     1693: history to be copied to a
1.1       nicm     1694: .Em paste buffer
                   1695: for later insertion into another window.
                   1696: This mode is entered with the
                   1697: .Ic copy-mode
                   1698: command, bound to
1.113     nicm     1699: .Ql \&[
1.1       nicm     1700: by default.
1.734     nicm     1701: Copied text can be pasted with the
                   1702: .Ic paste-buffer
                   1703: command, bound to
                   1704: .Ql \&] .
1.679     nicm     1705: .It
                   1706: View mode, which is like copy mode but is entered when a command that produces
                   1707: output, such as
1.164     nicm     1708: .Ic list-keys ,
                   1709: is executed from a key binding.
1.679     nicm     1710: .It
                   1711: Choose mode, which allows an item to be chosen from a list.
                   1712: This may be a client, a session or window or pane, or a buffer.
                   1713: This mode is entered with the
                   1714: .Ic choose-buffer ,
                   1715: .Ic choose-client
                   1716: and
                   1717: .Ic choose-tree
                   1718: commands.
                   1719: .El
1.1       nicm     1720: .Pp
1.678     nicm     1721: In copy mode an indicator is displayed in the top-right corner of the pane with
                   1722: the current position and the number of lines in the history.
                   1723: .Pp
1.497     nicm     1724: Commands are sent to copy mode using the
                   1725: .Fl X
                   1726: flag to the
                   1727: .Ic send-keys
                   1728: command.
                   1729: When a key is pressed, copy mode automatically uses one of two key tables,
                   1730: depending on the
1.1       nicm     1731: .Ic mode-keys
1.497     nicm     1732: option:
                   1733: .Ic copy-mode
                   1734: for emacs, or
                   1735: .Ic copy-mode-vi
                   1736: for vi.
                   1737: Key tables may be viewed with the
                   1738: .Ic list-keys
                   1739: command.
                   1740: .Pp
                   1741: The following commands are supported in copy mode:
1.648     nicm     1742: .Bl -column "CommandXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXXXXXXXX" "emacs" -offset indent
1.497     nicm     1743: .It Sy "Command" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
                   1744: .It Li "append-selection" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1745: .It Li "append-selection-and-cancel" Ta "A" Ta ""
                   1746: .It Li "back-to-indentation" Ta "^" Ta "M-m"
                   1747: .It Li "begin-selection" Ta "Space" Ta "C-Space"
                   1748: .It Li "bottom-line" Ta "L" Ta ""
                   1749: .It Li "cancel" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
                   1750: .It Li "clear-selection" Ta "Escape" Ta "C-g"
1.847     nicm     1751: .It Li "copy-end-of-line [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.849     nicm     1752: .It Li "copy-end-of-line-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1753: .It Li "copy-pipe-end-of-line [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1754: .It Li "copy-pipe-end-of-line-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
1.633     nicm     1755: .It Li "copy-line [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.847     nicm     1756: .It Li "copy-line-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.849     nicm     1757: .It Li "copy-pipe-line [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1758: .It Li "copy-pipe-line-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.742     nicm     1759: .It Li "copy-pipe [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1760: .It Li "copy-pipe-no-clear [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1761: .It Li "copy-pipe-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.633     nicm     1762: .It Li "copy-selection [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.638     nicm     1763: .It Li "copy-selection-no-clear [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.633     nicm     1764: .It Li "copy-selection-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "Enter" Ta "M-w"
1.497     nicm     1765: .It Li "cursor-down" Ta "j" Ta "Down"
1.685     nicm     1766: .It Li "cursor-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1767: .It Li "cursor-left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   1768: .It Li "cursor-right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   1769: .It Li "cursor-up" Ta "k" Ta "Up"
                   1770: .It Li "end-of-line" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   1771: .It Li "goto-line <line>" Ta ":" Ta "g"
                   1772: .It Li "halfpage-down" Ta "C-d" Ta "M-Down"
1.589     nicm     1773: .It Li "halfpage-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1774: .It Li "halfpage-up" Ta "C-u" Ta "M-Up"
1.589     nicm     1775: .It Li "history-bottom" Ta "G" Ta "M->"
                   1776: .It Li "history-top" Ta "g" Ta "M-<"
1.497     nicm     1777: .It Li "jump-again" Ta ";" Ta ";"
                   1778: .It Li "jump-backward <to>" Ta "F" Ta "F"
                   1779: .It Li "jump-forward <to>" Ta "f" Ta "f"
                   1780: .It Li "jump-reverse" Ta "," Ta ","
                   1781: .It Li "jump-to-backward <to>" Ta "T" Ta ""
                   1782: .It Li "jump-to-forward <to>" Ta "t" Ta ""
1.768     nicm     1783: .It Li "jump-to-mark" Ta "M-x" Ta "M-x"
1.497     nicm     1784: .It Li "middle-line" Ta "M" Ta "M-r"
1.678     nicm     1785: .It Li "next-matching-bracket" Ta "%" Ta "M-C-f"
1.497     nicm     1786: .It Li "next-paragraph" Ta "}" Ta "M-}"
                   1787: .It Li "next-space" Ta "W" Ta ""
                   1788: .It Li "next-space-end" Ta "E" Ta ""
                   1789: .It Li "next-word" Ta "w" Ta ""
                   1790: .It Li "next-word-end" Ta "e" Ta "M-f"
                   1791: .It Li "other-end" Ta "o" Ta ""
                   1792: .It Li "page-down" Ta "C-f" Ta "PageDown"
1.589     nicm     1793: .It Li "page-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1794: .It Li "page-up" Ta "C-b" Ta "PageUp"
1.820     nicm     1795: .It Li "pipe [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1796: .It Li "pipe-no-clear [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1797: .It Li "pipe-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.678     nicm     1798: .It Li "previous-matching-bracket" Ta "" Ta "M-C-b"
1.497     nicm     1799: .It Li "previous-paragraph" Ta "{" Ta "M-{"
                   1800: .It Li "previous-space" Ta "B" Ta ""
                   1801: .It Li "previous-word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
1.813     nicm     1802: .It Li "rectangle-on" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1803: .It Li "rectangle-off" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1804: .It Li "rectangle-toggle" Ta "v" Ta "R"
1.732     nicm     1805: .It Li "refresh-from-pane" Ta "r" Ta "r"
1.497     nicm     1806: .It Li "scroll-down" Ta "C-e" Ta "C-Down"
1.589     nicm     1807: .It Li "scroll-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1808: .It Li "scroll-up" Ta "C-y" Ta "C-Up"
                   1809: .It Li "search-again" Ta "n" Ta "n"
1.517     nicm     1810: .It Li "search-backward <for>" Ta "?" Ta ""
1.726     nicm     1811: .It Li "search-backward-incremental <for>" Ta "" Ta "C-r"
                   1812: .It Li "search-backward-text <for>" Ta "" Ta ""
1.517     nicm     1813: .It Li "search-forward <for>" Ta "/" Ta ""
                   1814: .It Li "search-forward-incremental <for>" Ta "" Ta "C-s"
1.726     nicm     1815: .It Li "search-forward-text <for>" Ta "" Ta ""
1.903     nicm     1816: .It Li "scroll-bottom" Ta "" Ta ""
1.900     nicm     1817: .It Li "scroll-middle" Ta "z" Ta ""
1.903     nicm     1818: .It Li "scroll-top" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1819: .It Li "search-reverse" Ta "N" Ta "N"
                   1820: .It Li "select-line" Ta "V" Ta ""
1.634     nicm     1821: .It Li "select-word" Ta "" Ta ""
1.768     nicm     1822: .It Li "set-mark" Ta "X" Ta "X"
1.497     nicm     1823: .It Li "start-of-line" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
1.515     nicm     1824: .It Li "stop-selection" Ta "" Ta ""
1.876     nicm     1825: .It Li "toggle-position" Ta "P" Ta "P"
1.497     nicm     1826: .It Li "top-line" Ta "H" Ta "M-R"
1.1       nicm     1827: .El
1.726     nicm     1828: .Pp
                   1829: The search commands come in several varieties:
                   1830: .Ql search-forward
                   1831: and
                   1832: .Ql search-backward
                   1833: search for a regular expression;
                   1834: the
                   1835: .Ql -text
                   1836: variants search for a plain text string rather than a regular expression;
                   1837: .Ql -incremental
                   1838: perform an incremental search and expect to be used with the
                   1839: .Fl i
                   1840: flag to the
                   1841: .Ic command-prompt
                   1842: command.
                   1843: .Ql search-again
                   1844: repeats the last search and
                   1845: .Ql search-reverse
                   1846: does the same but reverses the direction (forward becomes backward and backward
                   1847: becomes forward).
1.589     nicm     1848: .Pp
1.633     nicm     1849: Copy commands may take an optional buffer prefix argument which is used
                   1850: to generate the buffer name (the default is
                   1851: .Ql buffer
                   1852: so buffers are named
                   1853: .Ql buffer0 ,
                   1854: .Ql buffer1
                   1855: and so on).
                   1856: Pipe commands take a command argument which is the command to which the
1.820     nicm     1857: selected text is piped.
                   1858: .Ql copy-pipe
                   1859: variants also copy the selection.
1.589     nicm     1860: The
                   1861: .Ql -and-cancel
                   1862: variants of some commands exit copy mode after they have completed (for copy
                   1863: commands) or when the cursor reaches the bottom (for scrolling commands).
1.638     nicm     1864: .Ql -no-clear
                   1865: variants do not clear the selection.
1.146     nicm     1866: .Pp
1.841     nicm     1867: The next and previous word keys skip over whitespace and treat consecutive
                   1868: runs of either word separators or other letters as words.
                   1869: Word separators can be customized with the
1.154     nicm     1870: .Em word-separators
1.255     nicm     1871: session option.
1.146     nicm     1872: Next word moves to the start of the next word, next word end to the end of the
                   1873: next word and previous word to the start of the previous word.
                   1874: The three next and previous space keys work similarly but use a space alone as
                   1875: the word separator.
1.841     nicm     1876: Setting
                   1877: .Em word-separators
                   1878: to the empty string makes next/previous word equivalent to next/previous space.
1.157     nicm     1879: .Pp
                   1880: The jump commands enable quick movement within a line.
                   1881: For instance, typing
                   1882: .Ql f
                   1883: followed by
                   1884: .Ql /
                   1885: will move the cursor to the next
                   1886: .Ql /
                   1887: character on the current line.
                   1888: A
                   1889: .Ql \&;
                   1890: will then jump to the next occurrence.
1.1       nicm     1891: .Pp
1.155     nicm     1892: Commands in copy mode may be prefaced by an optional repeat count.
                   1893: With vi key bindings, a prefix is entered using the number keys; with
                   1894: emacs, the Alt (meta) key and a number begins prefix entry.
                   1895: .Pp
1.164     nicm     1896: The synopsis for the
                   1897: .Ic copy-mode
                   1898: command is:
1.57      jmc      1899: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1900: .It Xo Ic copy-mode
1.720     nicm     1901: .Op Fl eHMqu
1.735     nicm     1902: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.72      nicm     1903: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      1904: .Xc
                   1905: Enter copy mode.
                   1906: The
                   1907: .Fl u
                   1908: option scrolls one page up.
1.419     nicm     1909: .Fl M
                   1910: begins a mouse drag (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      1911: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.716     nicm     1912: .Fl H
                   1913: hides the position indicator in the top right.
1.720     nicm     1914: .Fl q
                   1915: cancels copy mode and any other modes.
1.735     nicm     1916: .Fl s
                   1917: copies from
                   1918: .Ar src-pane
                   1919: instead of
1.736     nicm     1920: .Ar target-pane .
1.716     nicm     1921: .Pp
1.450     nicm     1922: .Fl e
                   1923: specifies that scrolling to the bottom of the history (to the visible screen)
                   1924: should exit copy mode.
                   1925: While in copy mode, pressing a key other than those used for scrolling will
                   1926: disable this behaviour.
                   1927: This is intended to allow fast scrolling through a pane's history, for
                   1928: example with:
                   1929: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1930: bind PageUp copy-mode -eu
                   1931: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1932: .El
1.18      nicm     1933: .Pp
1.916   ! nicm     1934: A number of preset arrangements of panes are available, these are called
        !          1935: layouts.
1.38      nicm     1936: These may be selected with the
                   1937: .Ic select-layout
                   1938: command or cycled with
                   1939: .Ic next-layout
                   1940: (bound to
1.149     nicm     1941: .Ql Space
1.131     nicm     1942: by default); once a layout is chosen, panes within it may be moved and resized
                   1943: as normal.
1.1       nicm     1944: .Pp
                   1945: The following layouts are supported:
                   1946: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1947: .It Ic even-horizontal
                   1948: Panes are spread out evenly from left to right across the window.
                   1949: .It Ic even-vertical
                   1950: Panes are spread evenly from top to bottom.
1.2       nicm     1951: .It Ic main-horizontal
1.131     nicm     1952: A large (main) pane is shown at the top of the window and the remaining panes
                   1953: are spread from left to right in the leftover space at the bottom.
1.2       nicm     1954: Use the
                   1955: .Em main-pane-height
                   1956: window option to specify the height of the top pane.
1.1       nicm     1957: .It Ic main-vertical
1.2       nicm     1958: Similar to
                   1959: .Ic main-horizontal
                   1960: but the large pane is placed on the left and the others spread from top to
                   1961: bottom along the right.
                   1962: See the
                   1963: .Em main-pane-width
                   1964: window option.
1.165     nicm     1965: .It Ic tiled
                   1966: Panes are spread out as evenly as possible over the window in both rows and
                   1967: columns.
1.1       nicm     1968: .El
1.8       nicm     1969: .Pp
1.181     nicm     1970: In addition,
                   1971: .Ic select-layout
                   1972: may be used to apply a previously used layout - the
                   1973: .Ic list-windows
                   1974: command displays the layout of each window in a form suitable for use with
                   1975: .Ic select-layout .
                   1976: For example:
                   1977: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1978: $ tmux list-windows
                   1979: 0: ksh [159x48]
                   1980:     layout: bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}
1.911     nicm     1981: $ tmux select-layout 'bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}'
1.181     nicm     1982: .Ed
1.196     nicm     1983: .Pp
1.181     nicm     1984: .Nm
                   1985: automatically adjusts the size of the layout for the current window size.
                   1986: Note that a layout cannot be applied to a window with more panes than that
                   1987: from which the layout was originally defined.
                   1988: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1989: Commands related to windows and panes are as follows:
                   1990: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1991: .Tg breakp
1.57      jmc      1992: .It Xo Ic break-pane
1.784     nicm     1993: .Op Fl abdP
1.280     nicm     1994: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.532     nicm     1995: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
1.440     nicm     1996: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.480     nicm     1997: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
1.57      jmc      1998: .Xc
1.870     kn       1999: .D1 Pq alias: Ic breakp
1.57      jmc      2000: Break
1.440     nicm     2001: .Ar src-pane
                   2002: off from its containing window to make it the only pane in
                   2003: .Ar dst-window .
1.749     nicm     2004: With
1.784     nicm     2005: .Fl a
                   2006: or
                   2007: .Fl b ,
                   2008: the window is moved to the next index after or before (existing windows are
                   2009: moved if necessary).
1.57      jmc      2010: If
                   2011: .Fl d
                   2012: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.280     nicm     2013: The
                   2014: .Fl P
                   2015: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2016: By default, it uses the format
1.798     nicm     2017: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}.#{pane_index}
1.280     nicm     2018: but a different format may be specified with
                   2019: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2020: .Tg capturep
1.128     nicm     2021: .It Xo Ic capture-pane
1.902     nicm     2022: .Op Fl aAepPqCJN
1.392     nicm     2023: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.213     nicm     2024: .Op Fl E Ar end-line
                   2025: .Op Fl S Ar start-line
1.128     nicm     2026: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2027: .Xc
1.870     kn       2028: .D1 Pq alias: Ic capturep
1.322     nicm     2029: Capture the contents of a pane.
                   2030: If
                   2031: .Fl p
1.325     nicm     2032: is given, the output goes to stdout, otherwise to the buffer specified with
1.322     nicm     2033: .Fl b
                   2034: or a new buffer if omitted.
1.339     nicm     2035: If
                   2036: .Fl a
                   2037: is given, the alternate screen is used, and the history is not accessible.
1.340     nicm     2038: If no alternate screen exists, an error will be returned unless
                   2039: .Fl q
                   2040: is given.
1.326     nicm     2041: If
                   2042: .Fl e
1.328     nicm     2043: is given, the output includes escape sequences for text and background
                   2044: attributes.
                   2045: .Fl C
1.330     nicm     2046: also escapes non-printable characters as octal \exxx.
1.902     nicm     2047: .Fl T
                   2048: ignores trailing positions that do not contain a character.
1.680     nicm     2049: .Fl N
                   2050: preserves trailing spaces at each line's end and
1.328     nicm     2051: .Fl J
1.902     nicm     2052: preserves trailing spaces and joins any wrapped lines;
                   2053: .Fl J
                   2054: implies
                   2055: .Fl T .
1.346     nicm     2056: .Fl P
                   2057: captures only any output that the pane has received that is the beginning of an
                   2058: as-yet incomplete escape sequence.
1.213     nicm     2059: .Pp
                   2060: .Fl S
                   2061: and
                   2062: .Fl E
                   2063: specify the starting and ending line numbers, zero is the first line of the
                   2064: visible pane and negative numbers are lines in the history.
1.397     nicm     2065: .Ql -
                   2066: to
                   2067: .Fl S
                   2068: is the start of the history and to
                   2069: .Fl E
                   2070: the end of the visible pane.
1.213     nicm     2071: The default is to capture only the visible contents of the pane.
1.76      nicm     2072: .It Xo
                   2073: .Ic choose-client
1.682     nicm     2074: .Op Fl NrZ
1.572     nicm     2075: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2076: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2077: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2078: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2079: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2080: .Op Ar template
                   2081: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2082: Put a pane into client mode, allowing a client to be selected interactively from
                   2083: a list.
1.833     nicm     2084: Each client is shown on one line.
                   2085: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2086: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2087: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     2088: .Fl Z
                   2089: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2090: The following keys may be used in client mode:
                   2091: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2092: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2093: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected client"
                   2094: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous client"
                   2095: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next client"
1.559     nicm     2096: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2097: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2098: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if client is tagged"
                   2099: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no clients"
                   2100: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all clients"
                   2101: .It Li "d" Ta "Detach selected client"
                   2102: .It Li "D" Ta "Detach tagged clients"
                   2103: .It Li "x" Ta "Detach and HUP selected client"
                   2104: .It Li "X" Ta "Detach and HUP tagged clients"
                   2105: .It Li "z" Ta "Suspend selected client"
                   2106: .It Li "Z" Ta "Suspend tagged clients"
1.562     nicm     2107: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     2108: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2109: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2110: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2111: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2112: .El
                   2113: .Pp
1.76      nicm     2114: After a client is chosen,
                   2115: .Ql %%
1.555     nicm     2116: is replaced by the client name in
1.76      nicm     2117: .Ar template
                   2118: and the result executed as a command.
                   2119: If
                   2120: .Ar template
                   2121: is not given, "detach-client -t '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     2122: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2123: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2124: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2125: .Ql name ,
                   2126: .Ql size ,
1.895     nicm     2127: .Ql creation
                   2128: (time),
1.561     nicm     2129: or
1.895     nicm     2130: .Ql activity
                   2131: (time).
1.682     nicm     2132: .Fl r
                   2133: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2134: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2135: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2136: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2137: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2138: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2139: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   2140: .Fl K
                   2141: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2142: .Fl N
                   2143: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     2144: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.76      nicm     2145: .It Xo
1.555     nicm     2146: .Ic choose-tree
1.682     nicm     2147: .Op Fl GNrswZ
1.572     nicm     2148: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2149: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2150: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2151: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2152: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2153: .Op Ar template
                   2154: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2155: Put a pane into tree mode, where a session, window or pane may be chosen
1.833     nicm     2156: interactively from a tree.
                   2157: Each session, window or pane is shown on one line.
                   2158: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2159: or the tree may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2160: the keys below.
1.298     nicm     2161: .Fl s
1.555     nicm     2162: starts with sessions collapsed and
1.298     nicm     2163: .Fl w
1.555     nicm     2164: with windows collapsed.
1.593     nicm     2165: .Fl Z
                   2166: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2167: The following keys may be used in tree mode:
                   2168: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2169: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2170: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   2171: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2172: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
1.763     nicm     2173: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2174: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2175: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2176: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
1.594     nicm     2177: .It Li "x" Ta "Kill selected item"
                   2178: .It Li "X" Ta "Kill tagged items"
1.566     nicm     2179: .It Li "<" Ta "Scroll list of previews left"
                   2180: .It Li ">" Ta "Scroll list of previews right"
1.559     nicm     2181: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
1.749     nicm     2182: .It Li "m" Ta "Set the marked pane"
                   2183: .It Li "M" Ta "Clear the marked pane"
1.559     nicm     2184: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2185: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2186: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2187: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
1.557     nicm     2188: .It Li "\&:" Ta "Run a command for each tagged item"
1.555     nicm     2189: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.749     nicm     2190: .It Li "H" Ta "Jump to the starting pane"
1.682     nicm     2191: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2192: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2193: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2194: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2195: .El
1.320     nicm     2196: .Pp
1.844     nicm     2197: After a session, window or pane is chosen, the first instance of
1.76      nicm     2198: .Ql %%
1.844     nicm     2199: and all instances of
                   2200: .Ql %1
                   2201: are replaced by the target in
1.76      nicm     2202: .Ar template
                   2203: and the result executed as a command.
                   2204: If
                   2205: .Ar template
1.555     nicm     2206: is not given, "switch-client -t '%%'" is used.
                   2207: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2208: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2209: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2210: .Ql index ,
                   2211: .Ql name ,
                   2212: or
1.895     nicm     2213: .Ql time
                   2214: (activity).
1.682     nicm     2215: .Fl r
                   2216: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2217: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2218: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2219: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2220: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2221: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2222: specifies the format for each item in the tree and
                   2223: .Fl K
                   2224: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2225: .Fl N
                   2226: starts without the preview.
1.586     nicm     2227: .Fl G
                   2228: includes all sessions in any session groups in the tree rather than only the
                   2229: first.
1.766     nicm     2230: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
                   2231: .It Xo
                   2232: .Ic customize-mode
                   2233: .Op Fl NZ
                   2234: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   2235: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   2236: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2237: .Op Ar template
                   2238: .Xc
                   2239: Put a pane into customize mode, where options and key bindings may be browsed
                   2240: and modified from a list.
                   2241: Option values in the list are shown for the active pane in the current window.
                   2242: .Fl Z
                   2243: zooms the pane.
                   2244: The following keys may be used in customize mode:
                   2245: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2246: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2247: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Set pane, window, session or global option value"
                   2248: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2249: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   2250: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2251: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2252: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2253: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
                   2254: .It Li "s" Ta "Set option value or key attribute"
                   2255: .It Li "S" Ta "Set global option value"
                   2256: .It Li "w" Ta "Set window option value, if option is for pane and window"
1.785     nicm     2257: .It Li "d" Ta "Set an option or key to the default"
                   2258: .It Li "D" Ta "Set tagged options and tagged keys to the default"
1.766     nicm     2259: .It Li "u" Ta "Unset an option (set to default value if global) or unbind a key"
                   2260: .It Li "U" Ta "Unset tagged options and unbind tagged keys"
                   2261: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2262: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
                   2263: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2264: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2265: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
                   2266: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
                   2267: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle option information"
                   2268: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2269: .El
                   2270: .Pp
                   2271: .Fl f
                   2272: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2273: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2274: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
                   2275: .Fl F
                   2276: specifies the format for each item in the tree.
                   2277: .Fl N
                   2278: starts without the option information.
1.314     nicm     2279: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.491     nicm     2280: .It Xo
1.858     kn       2281: .Tg displayp
1.491     nicm     2282: .Ic display-panes
1.804     nicm     2283: .Op Fl bN
1.573     nicm     2284: .Op Fl d Ar duration
1.491     nicm     2285: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   2286: .Op Ar template
                   2287: .Xc
1.870     kn       2288: .D1 Pq alias: Ic displayp
1.78      nicm     2289: Display a visible indicator of each pane shown by
                   2290: .Ar target-client .
                   2291: See the
1.573     nicm     2292: .Ic display-panes-colour
1.78      nicm     2293: and
1.145     nicm     2294: .Ic display-panes-active-colour
1.78      nicm     2295: session options.
1.804     nicm     2296: The indicator is closed when a key is pressed (unless
1.805     nicm     2297: .Fl N
                   2298: is given) or
1.573     nicm     2299: .Ar duration
                   2300: milliseconds have passed.
                   2301: If
                   2302: .Fl d
                   2303: is not given,
                   2304: .Ic display-panes-time
                   2305: is used.
                   2306: A duration of zero means the indicator stays until a key is pressed.
1.491     nicm     2307: While the indicator is on screen, a pane may be chosen with the
1.84      nicm     2308: .Ql 0
                   2309: to
                   2310: .Ql 9
1.491     nicm     2311: keys, which will cause
                   2312: .Ar template
                   2313: to be executed as a command with
                   2314: .Ql %%
                   2315: substituted by the pane ID.
                   2316: The default
                   2317: .Ar template
                   2318: is "select-pane -t '%%'".
1.616     nicm     2319: With
                   2320: .Fl b ,
                   2321: other commands are not blocked from running until the indicator is closed.
1.858     kn       2322: .Tg findw
1.57      jmc      2323: .It Xo Ic find-window
1.775     nicm     2324: .Op Fl iCNrTZ
1.555     nicm     2325: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2326: .Ar match-string
                   2327: .Xc
1.870     kn       2328: .D1 Pq alias: Ic findw
1.670     nicm     2329: Search for a
1.57      jmc      2330: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.670     nicm     2331: pattern or, with
                   2332: .Fl r ,
                   2333: regular expression
1.57      jmc      2334: .Ar match-string
                   2335: in window names, titles, and visible content (but not history).
1.285     nicm     2336: The flags control matching behavior:
                   2337: .Fl C
                   2338: matches only visible window contents,
                   2339: .Fl N
                   2340: matches only the window name and
                   2341: .Fl T
                   2342: matches only the window title.
1.775     nicm     2343: .Fl i
                   2344: makes the search ignore case.
1.285     nicm     2345: The default is
                   2346: .Fl CNT .
1.608     nicm     2347: .Fl Z
                   2348: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2349: .Pp
1.314     nicm     2350: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       2351: .Tg joinp
1.137     nicm     2352: .It Xo Ic join-pane
1.697     nicm     2353: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2354: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.137     nicm     2355: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2356: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2357: .Xc
1.870     kn       2358: .D1 Pq alias: Ic joinp
1.137     nicm     2359: Like
                   2360: .Ic split-window ,
                   2361: but instead of splitting
                   2362: .Ar dst-pane
                   2363: and creating a new pane, split it and move
                   2364: .Ar src-pane
                   2365: into the space.
                   2366: This can be used to reverse
                   2367: .Ic break-pane .
1.277     nicm     2368: The
                   2369: .Fl b
                   2370: option causes
                   2371: .Ar src-pane
                   2372: to be joined to left of or above
                   2373: .Ar dst-pane .
1.432     nicm     2374: .Pp
                   2375: If
                   2376: .Fl s
                   2377: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   2378: .Ic select-pane
                   2379: .Fl m ) ,
                   2380: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       2381: .Tg killp
1.112     nicm     2382: .It Xo Ic kill-pane
                   2383: .Op Fl a
                   2384: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2385: .Xc
1.870     kn       2386: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killp
1.57      jmc      2387: Destroy the given pane.
                   2388: If no panes remain in the containing window, it is also destroyed.
1.112     nicm     2389: The
                   2390: .Fl a
                   2391: option kills all but the pane given with
                   2392: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2393: .Tg killw
1.289     nicm     2394: .It Xo Ic kill-window
                   2395: .Op Fl a
                   2396: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2397: .Xc
1.870     kn       2398: .D1 Pq alias: Ic killw
1.57      jmc      2399: Kill the current window or the window at
                   2400: .Ar target-window ,
1.1       nicm     2401: removing it from any sessions to which it is linked.
1.289     nicm     2402: The
                   2403: .Fl a
                   2404: option kills all but the window given with
                   2405: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2406: .Tg lastp
1.398     nicm     2407: .It Xo Ic last-pane
1.681     nicm     2408: .Op Fl deZ
1.398     nicm     2409: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2410: .Xc
1.870     kn       2411: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lastp
1.187     nicm     2412: Select the last (previously selected) pane.
1.681     nicm     2413: .Fl Z
                   2414: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.398     nicm     2415: .Fl e
                   2416: enables or
                   2417: .Fl d
                   2418: disables input to the pane.
1.858     kn       2419: .Tg last
1.56      jmc      2420: .It Ic last-window Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.870     kn       2421: .D1 Pq alias: Ic last
1.1       nicm     2422: Select the last (previously selected) window.
                   2423: If no
                   2424: .Ar target-session
                   2425: is specified, select the last window of the current session.
1.858     kn       2426: .Tg link
1.1       nicm     2427: .It Xo Ic link-window
1.784     nicm     2428: .Op Fl abdk
1.1       nicm     2429: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2430: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2431: .Xc
1.870     kn       2432: .D1 Pq alias: Ic linkw
1.1       nicm     2433: Link the window at
                   2434: .Ar src-window
                   2435: to the specified
                   2436: .Ar dst-window .
                   2437: If
                   2438: .Ar dst-window
                   2439: is specified and no such window exists, the
                   2440: .Ar src-window
                   2441: is linked there.
1.439     nicm     2442: With
1.784     nicm     2443: .Fl a
                   2444: or
                   2445: .Fl b
                   2446: the window is moved to the next index after or before
                   2447: .Ar dst-window
                   2448: (existing windows are moved if necessary).
1.1       nicm     2449: If
                   2450: .Fl k
                   2451: is given and
                   2452: .Ar dst-window
                   2453: exists, it is killed, otherwise an error is generated.
                   2454: If
                   2455: .Fl d
                   2456: is given, the newly linked window is not selected.
1.858     kn       2457: .Tg lsp
1.214     nicm     2458: .It Xo Ic list-panes
                   2459: .Op Fl as
1.245     nicm     2460: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2461: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2462: .Op Fl t Ar target
                   2463: .Xc
1.870     kn       2464: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsp
1.214     nicm     2465: If
                   2466: .Fl a
                   2467: is given,
                   2468: .Ar target
                   2469: is ignored and all panes on the server are listed.
                   2470: If
                   2471: .Fl s
                   2472: is given,
                   2473: .Ar target
                   2474: is a session (or the current session).
                   2475: If neither is given,
                   2476: .Ar target
                   2477: is a window (or the current window).
1.247     nicm     2478: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2479: specifies the format of each line and
                   2480: .Fl f
                   2481: a filter.
                   2482: Only panes for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2483: See the
1.247     nicm     2484: .Sx FORMATS
                   2485: section.
1.858     kn       2486: .Tg lsw
1.214     nicm     2487: .It Xo Ic list-windows
                   2488: .Op Fl a
1.245     nicm     2489: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2490: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2491: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2492: .Xc
1.870     kn       2493: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsw
1.214     nicm     2494: If
                   2495: .Fl a
                   2496: is given, list all windows on the server.
                   2497: Otherwise, list windows in the current session or in
1.1       nicm     2498: .Ar target-session .
1.245     nicm     2499: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2500: specifies the format of each line and
                   2501: .Fl f
                   2502: a filter.
                   2503: Only windows for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2504: See the
1.245     nicm     2505: .Sx FORMATS
                   2506: section.
1.858     kn       2507: .Tg movep
1.277     nicm     2508: .It Xo Ic move-pane
1.749     nicm     2509: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2510: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.277     nicm     2511: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2512: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2513: .Xc
1.870     kn       2514: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movep
1.749     nicm     2515: Does the same as
                   2516: .Ic join-pane .
1.858     kn       2517: .Tg movew
1.1       nicm     2518: .It Xo Ic move-window
1.784     nicm     2519: .Op Fl abrdk
1.1       nicm     2520: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2521: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2522: .Xc
1.870     kn       2523: .D1 Pq alias: Ic movew
1.1       nicm     2524: This is similar to
                   2525: .Ic link-window ,
                   2526: except the window at
                   2527: .Ar src-window
                   2528: is moved to
                   2529: .Ar dst-window .
1.291     nicm     2530: With
                   2531: .Fl r ,
                   2532: all windows in the session are renumbered in sequential order, respecting
                   2533: the
                   2534: .Ic base-index
                   2535: option.
1.858     kn       2536: .Tg neww
1.1       nicm     2537: .It Xo Ic new-window
1.817     nicm     2538: .Op Fl abdkPS
1.272     nicm     2539: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2540: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.351     nicm     2541: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.1       nicm     2542: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   2543: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2544: .Op Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2545: .Xc
1.870     kn       2546: .D1 Pq alias: Ic neww
1.1       nicm     2547: Create a new window.
1.160     nicm     2548: With
1.784     nicm     2549: .Fl a
                   2550: or
                   2551: .Fl b ,
                   2552: the new window is inserted at the next index after or before the specified
1.160     nicm     2553: .Ar target-window ,
1.784     nicm     2554: moving windows up if necessary;
1.160     nicm     2555: otherwise
                   2556: .Ar target-window
                   2557: is the new window location.
                   2558: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2559: If
                   2560: .Fl d
                   2561: is given, the session does not make the new window the current window.
                   2562: .Ar target-window
1.28      nicm     2563: represents the window to be created; if the target already exists an error is
                   2564: shown, unless the
                   2565: .Fl k
                   2566: flag is used, in which case it is destroyed.
1.817     nicm     2567: If
                   2568: .Fl S
                   2569: is given and a window named
                   2570: .Ar window-name
                   2571: already exists, it is selected (unless
                   2572: .Fl d
                   2573: is also given in which case the command does nothing).
                   2574: .Pp
1.153     nicm     2575: .Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2576: is the command to execute.
                   2577: If
1.153     nicm     2578: .Ar shell-command
                   2579: is not specified, the value of the
                   2580: .Ic default-command
                   2581: option is used.
1.272     nicm     2582: .Fl c
                   2583: specifies the working directory in which the new window is created.
1.153     nicm     2584: .Pp
                   2585: When the shell command completes, the window closes.
                   2586: See the
                   2587: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2588: option to change this behaviour.
1.1       nicm     2589: .Pp
1.641     nicm     2590: .Fl e
                   2591: takes the form
                   2592: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   2593: and sets an environment variable for the newly created window; it may be
                   2594: specified multiple times.
                   2595: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2596: The
                   2597: .Ev TERM
                   2598: environment variable must be set to
1.523     nicm     2599: .Ql screen
                   2600: or
                   2601: .Ql tmux
1.1       nicm     2602: for all programs running
                   2603: .Em inside
                   2604: .Nm .
                   2605: New windows will automatically have
1.523     nicm     2606: .Ql TERM=screen
1.1       nicm     2607: added to their environment, but care must be taken not to reset this in shell
1.641     nicm     2608: start-up files or by the
                   2609: .Fl e
                   2610: option.
1.201     nicm     2611: .Pp
                   2612: The
                   2613: .Fl P
1.279     nicm     2614: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2615: By default, it uses the format
                   2616: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}
                   2617: but a different format may be specified with
                   2618: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2619: .Tg nextl
1.56      jmc      2620: .It Ic next-layout Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.870     kn       2621: .D1 Pq alias: Ic nextl
1.1       nicm     2622: Move a window to the next layout and rearrange the panes to fit.
1.858     kn       2623: .Tg next
1.1       nicm     2624: .It Xo Ic next-window
1.9       nicm     2625: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2626: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2627: .Xc
1.870     kn       2628: .D1 Pq alias: Ic next
1.1       nicm     2629: Move to the next window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2630: If
1.12      jmc      2631: .Fl a
1.295     nicm     2632: is used, move to the next window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2633: .Tg pipep
1.107     nicm     2634: .It Xo Ic pipe-pane
1.591     nicm     2635: .Op Fl IOo
1.107     nicm     2636: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2637: .Op Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2638: .Xc
1.870     kn       2639: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pipep
1.591     nicm     2640: Pipe output sent by the program in
1.107     nicm     2641: .Ar target-pane
1.591     nicm     2642: to a shell command or vice versa.
                   2643: A pane may only be connected to one command at a time, any existing pipe is
1.107     nicm     2644: closed before
1.153     nicm     2645: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2646: is executed.
1.174     nicm     2647: The
                   2648: .Ar shell-command
                   2649: string may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   2650: .Ic status-left
1.231     nicm     2651: option.
1.107     nicm     2652: If no
1.153     nicm     2653: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2654: is given, the current pipe (if any) is closed.
1.591     nicm     2655: .Pp
                   2656: .Fl I
                   2657: and
                   2658: .Fl O
                   2659: specify which of the
                   2660: .Ar shell-command
                   2661: output streams are connected to the pane:
                   2662: with
                   2663: .Fl I
                   2664: stdout is connected (so anything
                   2665: .Ar shell-command
                   2666: prints is written to the pane as if it were typed);
                   2667: with
                   2668: .Fl O
                   2669: stdin is connected (so any output in the pane is piped to
                   2670: .Ar shell-command ) .
                   2671: Both may be used together and if neither are specified,
                   2672: .Fl O
                   2673: is used.
1.107     nicm     2674: .Pp
                   2675: The
                   2676: .Fl o
                   2677: option only opens a new pipe if no previous pipe exists, allowing a pipe to
                   2678: be toggled with a single key, for example:
                   2679: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.174     nicm     2680: bind-key C-p pipe-pane -o 'cat >>~/output.#I-#P'
1.107     nicm     2681: .Ed
1.858     kn       2682: .Tg prevl
1.176     nicm     2683: .It Xo Ic previous-layout
                   2684: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2685: .Xc
1.870     kn       2686: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prevl
1.176     nicm     2687: Move to the previous layout in the session.
1.858     kn       2688: .Tg prev
1.1       nicm     2689: .It Xo Ic previous-window
1.9       nicm     2690: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2691: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2692: .Xc
1.870     kn       2693: .D1 Pq alias: Ic prev
1.1       nicm     2694: Move to the previous window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2695: With
                   2696: .Fl a ,
1.295     nicm     2697: move to the previous window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2698: .Tg renamew
1.1       nicm     2699: .It Xo Ic rename-window
                   2700: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2701: .Ar new-name
                   2702: .Xc
1.870     kn       2703: .D1 Pq alias: Ic renamew
1.1       nicm     2704: Rename the current window, or the window at
                   2705: .Ar target-window
                   2706: if specified, to
                   2707: .Ar new-name .
1.858     kn       2708: .Tg resizep
1.1       nicm     2709: .It Xo Ic resize-pane
1.727     nicm     2710: .Op Fl DLMRTUZ
1.52      nicm     2711: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.324     nicm     2712: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2713: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.1       nicm     2714: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2715: .Xc
1.870     kn       2716: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizep
1.324     nicm     2717: Resize a pane, up, down, left or right by
                   2718: .Ar adjustment
                   2719: with
                   2720: .Fl U ,
1.57      jmc      2721: .Fl D ,
                   2722: .Fl L
1.324     nicm     2723: or
                   2724: .Fl R ,
                   2725: or
                   2726: to an absolute size
                   2727: with
                   2728: .Fl x
                   2729: or
                   2730: .Fl y .
1.57      jmc      2731: The
                   2732: .Ar adjustment
1.690     nicm     2733: is given in lines or columns (the default is 1);
                   2734: .Fl x
                   2735: and
                   2736: .Fl y
                   2737: may be a given as a number of lines or columns or followed by
                   2738: .Ql %
                   2739: for a percentage of the window size (for example
                   2740: .Ql -x 10% ) .
1.337     nicm     2741: With
                   2742: .Fl Z ,
1.349     nicm     2743: the active pane is toggled between zoomed (occupying the whole of the window)
                   2744: and unzoomed (its normal position in the layout).
1.419     nicm     2745: .Pp
                   2746: .Fl M
                   2747: begins mouse resizing (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      2748: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.729     nicm     2749: .Pp
                   2750: .Fl T
1.727     nicm     2751: trims all lines below the current cursor position and moves lines out of the
                   2752: history to replace them.
1.858     kn       2753: .Tg resizew
1.629     nicm     2754: .It Xo Ic resize-window
                   2755: .Op Fl aADLRU
                   2756: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2757: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2758: .Op Fl y Ar height
                   2759: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2760: .Xc
1.870     kn       2761: .D1 Pq alias: Ic resizew
1.629     nicm     2762: Resize a window, up, down, left or right by
                   2763: .Ar adjustment
                   2764: with
                   2765: .Fl U ,
                   2766: .Fl D ,
                   2767: .Fl L
                   2768: or
                   2769: .Fl R ,
                   2770: or
                   2771: to an absolute size
                   2772: with
                   2773: .Fl x
                   2774: or
                   2775: .Fl y .
                   2776: The
                   2777: .Ar adjustment
                   2778: is given in lines or cells (the default is 1).
                   2779: .Fl A
                   2780: sets the size of the largest session containing the window;
                   2781: .Fl a
                   2782: the size of the smallest.
                   2783: This command will automatically set
                   2784: .Ic window-size
                   2785: to manual in the window options.
1.858     kn       2786: .Tg respawnp
1.234     nicm     2787: .It Xo Ic respawn-pane
1.641     nicm     2788: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2789: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2790: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.234     nicm     2791: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2792: .Op Ar shell-command
                   2793: .Xc
1.870     kn       2794: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnp
1.234     nicm     2795: Reactivate a pane in which the command has exited (see the
                   2796: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2797: window option).
                   2798: If
                   2799: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     2800: is not given, the command used when the pane was created or last respawned is
                   2801: executed.
1.234     nicm     2802: The pane must be already inactive, unless
                   2803: .Fl k
                   2804: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     2805: .Fl c
                   2806: specifies a new working directory for the pane.
1.641     nicm     2807: The
                   2808: .Fl e
                   2809: option has the same meaning as for the
                   2810: .Ic new-window
                   2811: command.
1.858     kn       2812: .Tg respawnw
1.57      jmc      2813: .It Xo Ic respawn-window
1.641     nicm     2814: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2815: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2816: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.57      jmc      2817: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2818: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      2819: .Xc
1.870     kn       2820: .D1 Pq alias: Ic respawnw
1.153     nicm     2821: Reactivate a window in which the command has exited (see the
1.57      jmc      2822: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2823: window option).
                   2824: If
1.153     nicm     2825: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     2826: is not given, the command used when the window was created or last respawned is
                   2827: executed.
1.57      jmc      2828: The window must be already inactive, unless
                   2829: .Fl k
                   2830: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     2831: .Fl c
                   2832: specifies a new working directory for the window.
1.641     nicm     2833: The
                   2834: .Fl e
                   2835: option has the same meaning as for the
                   2836: .Ic new-window
                   2837: command.
1.858     kn       2838: .Tg rotatew
1.57      jmc      2839: .It Xo Ic rotate-window
1.681     nicm     2840: .Op Fl DUZ
1.57      jmc      2841: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2842: .Xc
1.870     kn       2843: .D1 Pq alias: Ic rotatew
1.57      jmc      2844: Rotate the positions of the panes within a window, either upward (numerically
                   2845: lower) with
                   2846: .Fl U
                   2847: or downward (numerically higher).
1.681     nicm     2848: .Fl Z
                   2849: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.858     kn       2850: .Tg selectl
1.57      jmc      2851: .It Xo Ic select-layout
1.588     nicm     2852: .Op Fl Enop
                   2853: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2854: .Op Ar layout-name
                   2855: .Xc
1.870     kn       2856: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectl
1.57      jmc      2857: Choose a specific layout for a window.
                   2858: If
                   2859: .Ar layout-name
1.181     nicm     2860: is not given, the last preset layout used (if any) is reapplied.
1.204     nicm     2861: .Fl n
                   2862: and
                   2863: .Fl p
                   2864: are equivalent to the
                   2865: .Ic next-layout
                   2866: and
                   2867: .Ic previous-layout
                   2868: commands.
1.424     nicm     2869: .Fl o
                   2870: applies the last set layout if possible (undoes the most recent layout change).
1.588     nicm     2871: .Fl E
                   2872: spreads the current pane and any panes next to it out evenly.
1.858     kn       2873: .Tg selectp
1.156     nicm     2874: .It Xo Ic select-pane
1.681     nicm     2875: .Op Fl DdeLlMmRUZ
1.577     nicm     2876: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.156     nicm     2877: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2878: .Xc
1.870     kn       2879: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectp
1.57      jmc      2880: Make pane
                   2881: .Ar target-pane
1.774     nicm     2882: the active pane in its window.
1.156     nicm     2883: If one of
                   2884: .Fl D ,
                   2885: .Fl L ,
                   2886: .Fl R ,
                   2887: or
                   2888: .Fl U
                   2889: is used, respectively the pane below, to the left, to the right, or above the
                   2890: target pane is used.
1.681     nicm     2891: .Fl Z
                   2892: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.204     nicm     2893: .Fl l
                   2894: is the same as using the
                   2895: .Ic last-pane
                   2896: command.
1.398     nicm     2897: .Fl e
                   2898: enables or
                   2899: .Fl d
                   2900: disables input to the pane.
1.668     nicm     2901: .Fl T
                   2902: sets the pane title.
1.418     nicm     2903: .Pp
1.432     nicm     2904: .Fl m
                   2905: and
                   2906: .Fl M
                   2907: are used to set and clear the
                   2908: .Em marked pane .
                   2909: There is one marked pane at a time, setting a new marked pane clears the last.
                   2910: The marked pane is the default target for
                   2911: .Fl s
                   2912: to
                   2913: .Ic join-pane ,
1.783     nicm     2914: .Ic move-pane ,
1.432     nicm     2915: .Ic swap-pane
                   2916: and
                   2917: .Ic swap-window .
1.858     kn       2918: .Tg selectw
1.204     nicm     2919: .It Xo Ic select-window
1.310     nicm     2920: .Op Fl lnpT
1.204     nicm     2921: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2922: .Xc
1.870     kn       2923: .D1 Pq alias: Ic selectw
1.57      jmc      2924: Select the window at
                   2925: .Ar target-window .
1.204     nicm     2926: .Fl l ,
                   2927: .Fl n
                   2928: and
                   2929: .Fl p
                   2930: are equivalent to the
                   2931: .Ic last-window ,
                   2932: .Ic next-window
                   2933: and
                   2934: .Ic previous-window
                   2935: commands.
1.310     nicm     2936: If
                   2937: .Fl T
                   2938: is given and the selected window is already the current window,
                   2939: the command behaves like
                   2940: .Ic last-window .
1.858     kn       2941: .Tg splitw
1.57      jmc      2942: .It Xo Ic split-window
1.828     nicm     2943: .Op Fl bdfhIvPZ
1.272     nicm     2944: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2945: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.690     nicm     2946: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.136     nicm     2947: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2948: .Op Ar shell-command
1.279     nicm     2949: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      2950: .Xc
1.870     kn       2951: .D1 Pq alias: Ic splitw
1.136     nicm     2952: Create a new pane by splitting
                   2953: .Ar target-pane :
1.57      jmc      2954: .Fl h
                   2955: does a horizontal split and
                   2956: .Fl v
                   2957: a vertical split; if neither is specified,
                   2958: .Fl v
                   2959: is assumed.
                   2960: The
                   2961: .Fl l
1.690     nicm     2962: option specifies the size of the new pane in lines (for vertical split) or in
                   2963: columns (for horizontal split);
                   2964: .Ar size
                   2965: may be followed by
                   2966: .Ql %
                   2967: to specify a percentage of the available space.
1.408     nicm     2968: The
                   2969: .Fl b
                   2970: option causes the new pane to be created to the left of or above
                   2971: .Ar target-pane .
1.494     nicm     2972: The
                   2973: .Fl f
                   2974: option creates a new pane spanning the full window height (with
                   2975: .Fl h )
                   2976: or full window width (with
                   2977: .Fl v ) ,
                   2978: instead of splitting the active pane.
1.828     nicm     2979: .Fl Z
                   2980: zooms if the window is not zoomed, or keeps it zoomed if already zoomed.
1.643     nicm     2981: .Pp
                   2982: An empty
                   2983: .Ar shell-command
                   2984: ('') will create a pane with no command running in it.
                   2985: Output can be sent to such a pane with the
                   2986: .Ic display-message
                   2987: command.
                   2988: The
                   2989: .Fl I
                   2990: flag (if
                   2991: .Ar shell-command
                   2992: is not specified or empty)
                   2993: will create an empty pane and forward any output from stdin to it.
                   2994: For example:
                   2995: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   2996: $ make 2>&1|tmux splitw -dI &
                   2997: .Ed
                   2998: .Pp
1.136     nicm     2999: All other options have the same meaning as for the
1.57      jmc      3000: .Ic new-window
                   3001: command.
1.858     kn       3002: .Tg swapp
1.57      jmc      3003: .It Xo Ic swap-pane
1.681     nicm     3004: .Op Fl dDUZ
1.57      jmc      3005: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   3006: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   3007: .Xc
1.870     kn       3008: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapp
1.57      jmc      3009: Swap two panes.
                   3010: If
                   3011: .Fl U
                   3012: is used and no source pane is specified with
                   3013: .Fl s ,
                   3014: .Ar dst-pane
                   3015: is swapped with the previous pane (before it numerically);
                   3016: .Fl D
                   3017: swaps with the next pane (after it numerically).
1.138     nicm     3018: .Fl d
                   3019: instructs
                   3020: .Nm
1.681     nicm     3021: not to change the active pane and
                   3022: .Fl Z
                   3023: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.432     nicm     3024: .Pp
                   3025: If
                   3026: .Fl s
                   3027: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3028: .Ic select-pane
                   3029: .Fl m ) ,
                   3030: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       3031: .Tg swapw
1.57      jmc      3032: .It Xo Ic swap-window
                   3033: .Op Fl d
                   3034: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   3035: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   3036: .Xc
1.870     kn       3037: .D1 Pq alias: Ic swapw
1.57      jmc      3038: This is similar to
                   3039: .Ic link-window ,
                   3040: except the source and destination windows are swapped.
                   3041: It is an error if no window exists at
                   3042: .Ar src-window .
1.705     nicm     3043: If
                   3044: .Fl d
                   3045: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.432     nicm     3046: .Pp
1.705     nicm     3047: If
1.432     nicm     3048: .Fl s
                   3049: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   3050: .Ic select-pane
                   3051: .Fl m ) ,
                   3052: the window containing the marked pane is used rather than the current window.
1.858     kn       3053: .Tg unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3054: .It Xo Ic unlink-window
1.1       nicm     3055: .Op Fl k
                   3056: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   3057: .Xc
1.870     kn       3058: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unlinkw
1.57      jmc      3059: Unlink
                   3060: .Ar target-window .
                   3061: Unless
                   3062: .Fl k
                   3063: is given, a window may be unlinked only if it is linked to multiple sessions -
                   3064: windows may not be linked to no sessions;
                   3065: if
1.1       nicm     3066: .Fl k
1.57      jmc      3067: is specified and the window is linked to only one session, it is unlinked and
                   3068: destroyed.
                   3069: .El
                   3070: .Sh KEY BINDINGS
1.93      nicm     3071: .Nm
                   3072: allows a command to be bound to most keys, with or without a prefix key.
                   3073: When specifying keys, most represent themselves (for example
                   3074: .Ql A
                   3075: to
1.95      jmc      3076: .Ql Z ) .
1.93      nicm     3077: Ctrl keys may be prefixed with
                   3078: .Ql C-
                   3079: or
1.95      jmc      3080: .Ql ^ ,
1.838     nicm     3081: Shift keys with
                   3082: .Ql S-
1.95      jmc      3083: and Alt (meta) with
1.93      nicm     3084: .Ql M- .
                   3085: In addition, the following special key names are accepted:
1.126     nicm     3086: .Em Up ,
                   3087: .Em Down ,
                   3088: .Em Left ,
                   3089: .Em Right ,
1.93      nicm     3090: .Em BSpace ,
                   3091: .Em BTab ,
                   3092: .Em DC
                   3093: (Delete),
                   3094: .Em End ,
                   3095: .Em Enter ,
                   3096: .Em Escape ,
                   3097: .Em F1
                   3098: to
1.402     nicm     3099: .Em F12 ,
1.93      nicm     3100: .Em Home ,
                   3101: .Em IC
                   3102: (Insert),
1.254     nicm     3103: .Em NPage/PageDown/PgDn ,
                   3104: .Em PPage/PageUp/PgUp ,
1.93      nicm     3105: .Em Space ,
                   3106: and
                   3107: .Em Tab .
                   3108: Note that to bind the
                   3109: .Ql \&"
                   3110: or
                   3111: .Ql '
                   3112: keys, quotation marks are necessary, for example:
                   3113: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3114: bind-key '"' split-window
1.167     nicm     3115: bind-key "'" new-window
1.93      nicm     3116: .Ed
1.693     nicm     3117: .Pp
                   3118: A command bound to the
                   3119: .Em Any
                   3120: key will execute for all keys which do not have a more specific binding.
1.93      nicm     3121: .Pp
1.57      jmc      3122: Commands related to key bindings are as follows:
                   3123: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3124: .Tg bind
1.57      jmc      3125: .It Xo Ic bind-key
1.501     nicm     3126: .Op Fl nr
1.706     nicm     3127: .Op Fl N Ar note
1.421     nicm     3128: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.910     kn       3129: .Ar key command Op Ar argument ...
1.1       nicm     3130: .Xc
1.870     kn       3131: .D1 Pq alias: Ic bind
1.57      jmc      3132: Bind key
                   3133: .Ar key
                   3134: to
                   3135: .Ar command .
1.421     nicm     3136: Keys are bound in a key table.
                   3137: By default (without -T), the key is bound in
                   3138: the
                   3139: .Em prefix
                   3140: key table.
                   3141: This table is used for keys pressed after the prefix key (for example,
                   3142: by default
                   3143: .Ql c
                   3144: is bound to
                   3145: .Ic new-window
                   3146: in the
                   3147: .Em prefix
                   3148: table, so
                   3149: .Ql C-b c
                   3150: creates a new window).
                   3151: The
                   3152: .Em root
                   3153: table is used for keys pressed without the prefix key: binding
                   3154: .Ql c
                   3155: to
                   3156: .Ic new-window
                   3157: in the
                   3158: .Em root
                   3159: table (not recommended) means a plain
                   3160: .Ql c
                   3161: will create a new window.
1.57      jmc      3162: .Fl n
1.421     nicm     3163: is an alias
                   3164: for
                   3165: .Fl T Ar root .
                   3166: Keys may also be bound in custom key tables and the
                   3167: .Ic switch-client
                   3168: .Fl T
                   3169: command used to switch to them from a key binding.
1.1       nicm     3170: The
1.57      jmc      3171: .Fl r
                   3172: flag indicates this key may repeat, see the
                   3173: .Ic repeat-time
                   3174: option.
1.706     nicm     3175: .Fl N
                   3176: attaches a note to the key (shown with
                   3177: .Ic list-keys
                   3178: .Fl N ) .
1.57      jmc      3179: .Pp
                   3180: To view the default bindings and possible commands, see the
                   3181: .Ic list-keys
                   3182: command.
1.858     kn       3183: .Tg lsk
1.421     nicm     3184: .It Xo Ic list-keys
1.712     nicm     3185: .Op Fl 1aN
1.706     nicm     3186: .Op Fl P Ar prefix-string Fl T Ar key-table
1.731     nicm     3187: .Op Ar key
1.421     nicm     3188: .Xc
1.870     kn       3189: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsk
1.710     nicm     3190: List key bindings.
                   3191: There are two forms: the default lists keys as
1.706     nicm     3192: .Ic bind-key
1.710     nicm     3193: commands;
                   3194: .Fl N
                   3195: lists only keys with attached notes and shows only the key and note for each
                   3196: key.
                   3197: .Pp
                   3198: With the default form, all key tables are listed by default.
                   3199: .Fl T
                   3200: lists only keys in
                   3201: .Ar key-table .
                   3202: .Pp
                   3203: With the
1.706     nicm     3204: .Fl N
1.710     nicm     3205: form, only keys in the
1.706     nicm     3206: .Em root
                   3207: and
                   3208: .Em prefix
1.710     nicm     3209: key tables are listed by default;
                   3210: .Fl T
                   3211: also lists only keys in
                   3212: .Ar key-table .
1.706     nicm     3213: .Fl P
1.710     nicm     3214: specifies a prefix to print before each key and
1.706     nicm     3215: .Fl 1
1.710     nicm     3216: lists only the first matching key.
1.712     nicm     3217: .Fl a
1.787     nicm     3218: lists the command for keys that do not have a note rather than skipping them.
1.858     kn       3219: .Tg send
1.57      jmc      3220: .It Xo Ic send-keys
1.909     nicm     3221: .Op Fl FHKlMRX
                   3222: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.497     nicm     3223: .Op Fl N Ar repeat-count
1.72      nicm     3224: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.910     kn       3225: .Ar key ...
1.1       nicm     3226: .Xc
1.870     kn       3227: .D1 Pq alias: Ic send
1.909     nicm     3228: Send a key or keys to a window or client.
1.57      jmc      3229: Each argument
                   3230: .Ar key
                   3231: is the name of the key (such as
                   3232: .Ql C-a
                   3233: or
1.523     nicm     3234: .Ql NPage )
                   3235: to send; if the string is not recognised as a key, it is sent as a series of
1.57      jmc      3236: characters.
1.909     nicm     3237: If
                   3238: .Fl K
                   3239: is given, keys are sent to
                   3240: .Ar target-client ,
                   3241: so they are looked up in the client's key table, rather than to
                   3242: .Ar target-pane .
1.676     nicm     3243: All arguments are sent sequentially from first to last.
1.856     nicm     3244: If no keys are given and the command is bound to a key, then that key is used.
1.676     nicm     3245: .Pp
1.273     nicm     3246: The
                   3247: .Fl l
1.676     nicm     3248: flag disables key name lookup and processes the keys as literal UTF-8
                   3249: characters.
                   3250: The
                   3251: .Fl H
                   3252: flag expects each key to be a hexadecimal number for an ASCII character.
                   3253: .Pp
1.265     nicm     3254: The
                   3255: .Fl R
                   3256: flag causes the terminal state to be reset.
1.419     nicm     3257: .Pp
                   3258: .Fl M
                   3259: passes through a mouse event (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      3260: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.497     nicm     3261: .Pp
                   3262: .Fl X
                   3263: is used to send a command into copy mode - see
                   3264: the
                   3265: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   3266: section.
                   3267: .Fl N
1.694     nicm     3268: specifies a repeat count and
                   3269: .Fl F
                   3270: expands formats in arguments where appropriate.
1.267     nicm     3271: .It Xo Ic send-prefix
                   3272: .Op Fl 2
                   3273: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3274: .Xc
                   3275: Send the prefix key, or with
                   3276: .Fl 2
                   3277: the secondary prefix key, to a window as if it was pressed.
1.858     kn       3278: .Tg unbind
1.57      jmc      3279: .It Xo Ic unbind-key
1.795     nicm     3280: .Op Fl anq
1.421     nicm     3281: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      3282: .Ar key
1.2       nicm     3283: .Xc
1.870     kn       3284: .D1 Pq alias: Ic unbind
1.57      jmc      3285: Unbind the command bound to
                   3286: .Ar key .
1.530     nicm     3287: .Fl n
                   3288: and
1.421     nicm     3289: .Fl T
                   3290: are the same as for
                   3291: .Ic bind-key .
1.189     nicm     3292: If
                   3293: .Fl a
                   3294: is present, all key bindings are removed.
1.795     nicm     3295: The
                   3296: .Fl q
                   3297: option prevents errors being returned.
1.57      jmc      3298: .El
                   3299: .Sh OPTIONS
                   3300: The appearance and behaviour of
                   3301: .Nm
                   3302: may be modified by changing the value of various options.
1.668     nicm     3303: There are four types of option:
1.133     nicm     3304: .Em server options ,
1.831     nicm     3305: .Em session options ,
                   3306: .Em window options ,
1.57      jmc      3307: and
1.668     nicm     3308: .Em pane options .
1.57      jmc      3309: .Pp
1.133     nicm     3310: The
                   3311: .Nm
1.686     nicm     3312: server has a set of global server options which do not apply to any particular
1.668     nicm     3313: window or session or pane.
1.133     nicm     3314: These are altered with the
                   3315: .Ic set-option
                   3316: .Fl s
                   3317: command, or displayed with the
                   3318: .Ic show-options
                   3319: .Fl s
                   3320: command.
                   3321: .Pp
                   3322: In addition, each individual session may have a set of session options, and
                   3323: there is a separate set of global session options.
1.57      jmc      3324: Sessions which do not have a particular option configured inherit the value
                   3325: from the global session options.
                   3326: Session options are set or unset with the
                   3327: .Ic set-option
                   3328: command and may be listed with the
                   3329: .Ic show-options
                   3330: command.
1.133     nicm     3331: The available server and session options are listed under the
1.57      jmc      3332: .Ic set-option
                   3333: command.
                   3334: .Pp
1.668     nicm     3335: Similarly, a set of window options is attached to each window and a set of pane
                   3336: options to each pane.
                   3337: Pane options inherit from window options.
                   3338: This means any pane option may be set as a window option to apply the option to
                   3339: all panes in the window without the option set, for example these commands will
                   3340: set the background colour to red for all panes except pane 0:
                   3341: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3342: set -w window-style bg=red
                   3343: set -pt:.0 window-style bg=blue
                   3344: .Ed
                   3345: .Pp
                   3346: There is also a set of global window options from which any unset window or
                   3347: pane options are inherited.
                   3348: Window and pane options are altered with
                   3349: .Ic set-option
                   3350: .Fl w
                   3351: and
                   3352: .Fl p
                   3353: commands and displayed with
                   3354: .Ic show-option
                   3355: .Fl w
                   3356: and
                   3357: .Fl p .
1.318     nicm     3358: .Pp
                   3359: .Nm
                   3360: also supports user options which are prefixed with a
                   3361: .Ql \&@ .
1.321     jmc      3362: User options may have any name, so long as they are prefixed with
                   3363: .Ql \&@ ,
1.318     nicm     3364: and be set to any string.
1.418     nicm     3365: For example:
1.318     nicm     3366: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.774     nicm     3367: $ tmux set -wq @foo "abc123"
                   3368: $ tmux show -wv @foo
1.318     nicm     3369: abc123
                   3370: .Ed
1.57      jmc      3371: .Pp
                   3372: Commands which set options are as follows:
                   3373: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3374: .Tg set
1.1       nicm     3375: .It Xo Ic set-option
1.808     nicm     3376: .Op Fl aFgopqsuUw
1.668     nicm     3377: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.1       nicm     3378: .Ar option Ar value
                   3379: .Xc
1.870     kn       3380: .D1 Pq alias: Ic set
1.668     nicm     3381: Set a pane option with
                   3382: .Fl p ,
                   3383: a window option with
                   3384: .Fl w ,
1.133     nicm     3385: a server option with
                   3386: .Fl s ,
                   3387: otherwise a session option.
1.637     nicm     3388: If the option is not a user option,
                   3389: .Fl w
1.668     nicm     3390: or
1.637     nicm     3391: .Fl s
1.668     nicm     3392: may be unnecessary -
1.637     nicm     3393: .Nm
1.668     nicm     3394: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3395: .Fl w
                   3396: for pane options.
1.133     nicm     3397: If
                   3398: .Fl g
1.433     nicm     3399: is given, the global session or window option is set.
1.637     nicm     3400: .Pp
1.550     nicm     3401: .Fl F
                   3402: expands formats in the option value.
1.1       nicm     3403: The
                   3404: .Fl u
                   3405: flag unsets an option, so a session inherits the option from the global
1.433     nicm     3406: options (or with
                   3407: .Fl g ,
                   3408: restores a global option to the default).
1.808     nicm     3409: .Fl U
                   3410: unsets an option (like
                   3411: .Fl u )
                   3412: but if the option is a pane option also unsets the option on any panes in the
                   3413: window.
1.796     nicm     3414: .Ar value
                   3415: depends on the option and may be a number, a string, or a flag (on, off, or
                   3416: omitted to toggle).
1.336     nicm     3417: .Pp
                   3418: The
                   3419: .Fl o
1.446     nicm     3420: flag prevents setting an option that is already set and the
1.281     nicm     3421: .Fl q
1.446     nicm     3422: flag suppresses errors about unknown or ambiguous options.
1.281     nicm     3423: .Pp
1.378     nicm     3424: With
                   3425: .Fl a ,
                   3426: and if the option expects a string or a style,
                   3427: .Ar value
                   3428: is appended to the existing setting.
                   3429: For example:
                   3430: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3431: set -g status-left "foo"
                   3432: set -ag status-left "bar"
                   3433: .Ed
                   3434: .Pp
                   3435: Will result in
                   3436: .Ql foobar .
                   3437: And:
                   3438: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3439: set -g status-style "bg=red"
                   3440: set -ag status-style "fg=blue"
                   3441: .Ed
                   3442: .Pp
                   3443: Will result in a red background
                   3444: .Em and
                   3445: blue foreground.
                   3446: Without
                   3447: .Fl a ,
                   3448: the result would be the default background and a blue foreground.
1.858     kn       3449: .Tg show
1.668     nicm     3450: .It Xo Ic show-options
                   3451: .Op Fl AgHpqsvw
                   3452: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3453: .Op Ar option
                   3454: .Xc
1.870     kn       3455: .D1 Pq alias: Ic show
1.668     nicm     3456: Show the pane options (or a single option if
                   3457: .Ar option
                   3458: is provided) with
                   3459: .Fl p ,
                   3460: the window options with
                   3461: .Fl w ,
                   3462: the server options with
                   3463: .Fl s ,
                   3464: otherwise the session options.
                   3465: If the option is not a user option,
                   3466: .Fl w
                   3467: or
                   3468: .Fl s
                   3469: may be unnecessary -
                   3470: .Nm
                   3471: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3472: .Fl w
                   3473: for pane options.
                   3474: Global session or window options are listed if
                   3475: .Fl g
                   3476: is used.
                   3477: .Fl v
                   3478: shows only the option value, not the name.
                   3479: If
                   3480: .Fl q
                   3481: is set, no error will be returned if
                   3482: .Ar option
                   3483: is unset.
                   3484: .Fl H
                   3485: includes hooks (omitted by default).
                   3486: .Fl A
                   3487: includes options inherited from a parent set of options, such options are
                   3488: marked with an asterisk.
                   3489: .El
1.133     nicm     3490: .Pp
                   3491: Available server options are:
                   3492: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.695     nicm     3493: .It Ic backspace Ar key
                   3494: Set the key sent by
                   3495: .Nm
                   3496: for backspace.
1.198     nicm     3497: .It Ic buffer-limit Ar number
                   3498: Set the number of buffers; as new buffers are added to the top of the stack,
                   3499: old ones are removed from the bottom if necessary to maintain this maximum
                   3500: length.
1.526     nicm     3501: .It Xo Ic command-alias[]
                   3502: .Ar name=value
                   3503: .Xc
                   3504: This is an array of custom aliases for commands.
                   3505: If an unknown command matches
                   3506: .Ar name ,
                   3507: it is replaced with
                   3508: .Ar value .
                   3509: For example, after:
                   3510: .Pp
1.565     nicm     3511: .Dl set -s command-alias[100] zoom='resize-pane -Z'
1.526     nicm     3512: .Pp
                   3513: Using:
                   3514: .Pp
                   3515: .Dl zoom -t:.1
                   3516: .Pp
                   3517: Is equivalent to:
                   3518: .Pp
                   3519: .Dl resize-pane -Z -t:.1
                   3520: .Pp
                   3521: Note that aliases are expanded when a command is parsed rather than when it is
                   3522: executed, so binding an alias with
                   3523: .Ic bind-key
                   3524: will bind the expanded form.
1.425     nicm     3525: .It Ic default-terminal Ar terminal
                   3526: Set the default terminal for new windows created in this session - the
                   3527: default value of the
                   3528: .Ev TERM
                   3529: environment variable.
                   3530: For
                   3531: .Nm
                   3532: to work correctly, this
                   3533: .Em must
                   3534: be set to
                   3535: .Ql screen ,
                   3536: .Ql tmux
                   3537: or a derivative of them.
1.742     nicm     3538: .It Ic copy-command Ar shell-command
                   3539: Give the command to pipe to if the
                   3540: .Ic copy-pipe
                   3541: copy mode command is used without arguments.
1.239     nicm     3542: .It Ic escape-time Ar time
                   3543: Set the time in milliseconds for which
                   3544: .Nm
                   3545: waits after an escape is input to determine if it is part of a function or meta
                   3546: key sequences.
                   3547: The default is 500 milliseconds.
1.759     nicm     3548: .It Ic editor Ar shell-command
                   3549: Set the command used when
                   3550: .Nm
                   3551: runs an editor.
1.592     nicm     3552: .It Xo Ic exit-empty
                   3553: .Op Ic on | off
                   3554: .Xc
                   3555: If enabled (the default), the server will exit when there are no active
                   3556: sessions.
1.239     nicm     3557: .It Xo Ic exit-unattached
                   3558: .Op Ic on | off
                   3559: .Xc
                   3560: If enabled, the server will exit when there are no attached clients.
1.772     nicm     3561: .It Xo Ic extended-keys
1.836     nicm     3562: .Op Ic on | off | always
1.772     nicm     3563: .Xc
1.836     nicm     3564: When
                   3565: .Ic on
                   3566: or
                   3567: .Ic always ,
                   3568: the escape sequence to enable extended keys is sent to the terminal, if
                   3569: .Nm
                   3570: knows that it is supported.
                   3571: .Nm
                   3572: always recognises extended keys itself.
                   3573: If this option is
                   3574: .Ic on ,
                   3575: .Nm
                   3576: will only forward extended keys to applications when they request them; if
                   3577: .Ic always ,
                   3578: .Nm
                   3579: will always forward the keys.
1.362     nicm     3580: .It Xo Ic focus-events
                   3581: .Op Ic on | off
                   3582: .Xc
                   3583: When enabled, focus events are requested from the terminal if supported and
                   3584: passed through to applications running in
                   3585: .Nm .
                   3586: Attached clients should be detached and attached again after changing this
                   3587: option.
1.445     nicm     3588: .It Ic history-file Ar path
                   3589: If not empty, a file to which
                   3590: .Nm
                   3591: will write command prompt history on exit and load it from on start.
1.384     nicm     3592: .It Ic message-limit Ar number
                   3593: Set the number of error or information messages to save in the message log for
                   3594: each client.
1.839     nicm     3595: .It Ic prompt-history-limit Ar number
                   3596: Set the number of history items to save in the history file for each type of
                   3597: command prompt.
1.228     nicm     3598: .It Xo Ic set-clipboard
1.556     nicm     3599: .Op Ic on | external | off
1.228     nicm     3600: .Xc
                   3601: Attempt to set the terminal clipboard content using the
                   3602: .Xr xterm 1
1.560     nicm     3603: escape sequence, if there is an
1.228     nicm     3604: .Em \&Ms
                   3605: entry in the
                   3606: .Xr terminfo 5
1.560     nicm     3607: description (see the
                   3608: .Sx TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   3609: section).
                   3610: .Pp
1.556     nicm     3611: If set to
                   3612: .Ic on ,
                   3613: .Nm
                   3614: will both accept the escape sequence to create a buffer and attempt to set
                   3615: the terminal clipboard.
                   3616: If set to
                   3617: .Ic external ,
                   3618: .Nm
                   3619: will attempt to set the terminal clipboard but ignore attempts
                   3620: by applications to set
                   3621: .Nm
                   3622: buffers.
                   3623: If
                   3624: .Ic off ,
                   3625: .Nm
                   3626: will neither accept the clipboard escape sequence nor attempt to set the
                   3627: clipboard.
                   3628: .Pp
1.228     nicm     3629: Note that this feature needs to be enabled in
                   3630: .Xr xterm 1
                   3631: by setting the resource:
                   3632: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3633: disallowedWindowOps: 20,21,SetXprop
                   3634: .Ed
                   3635: .Pp
                   3636: Or changing this property from the
                   3637: .Xr xterm 1
                   3638: interactive menu when required.
1.744     nicm     3639: .It Ic terminal-features[] Ar string
                   3640: Set terminal features for terminal types read from
                   3641: .Xr terminfo 5 .
                   3642: .Nm
                   3643: has a set of named terminal features.
                   3644: Each will apply appropriate changes to the
                   3645: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3646: entry in use.
                   3647: .Pp
                   3648: .Nm
                   3649: can detect features for a few common terminals; this option can be used to
                   3650: easily tell tmux about features supported by terminals it cannot detect.
                   3651: The
                   3652: .Ic terminal-overrides
                   3653: option allows individual
                   3654: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3655: capabilities to be set instead,
                   3656: .Ic terminal-features
                   3657: is intended for classes of functionality supported in a standard way but not
                   3658: reported by
                   3659: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.836     nicm     3660: Care must be taken to configure this only with features the terminal actually
                   3661: supports.
1.744     nicm     3662: .Pp
                   3663: This is an array option where each entry is a colon-separated string made up
                   3664: of a terminal type pattern (matched using
                   3665: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3666: followed by a list of terminal features.
                   3667: The available features are:
                   3668: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   3669: .It 256
                   3670: Supports 256 colours with the SGR escape sequences.
                   3671: .It clipboard
                   3672: Allows setting the system clipboard.
                   3673: .It ccolour
                   3674: Allows setting the cursor colour.
                   3675: .It cstyle
                   3676: Allows setting the cursor style.
1.778     nicm     3677: .It extkeys
                   3678: Supports extended keys.
                   3679: .It focus
                   3680: Supports focus reporting.
1.893     nicm     3681: .It hyperlinks
                   3682: Supports OSC 8 hyperlinks.
1.891     nicm     3683: .It ignorefkeys
                   3684: Ignore function keys from
                   3685: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3686: and use the
                   3687: .Nm
                   3688: internal set only.
1.744     nicm     3689: .It margins
                   3690: Supports DECSLRM margins.
1.842     nicm     3691: .It mouse
                   3692: Supports
                   3693: .Xr xterm 1
                   3694: mouse sequences.
1.885     nicm     3695: .It osc7
                   3696: Supports the OSC 7 working directory extension.
1.744     nicm     3697: .It overline
                   3698: Supports the overline SGR attribute.
                   3699: .It rectfill
                   3700: Supports the DECFRA rectangle fill escape sequence.
                   3701: .It RGB
                   3702: Supports RGB colour with the SGR escape sequences.
1.908     nicm     3703: .It sixel
                   3704: Supports SIXEL graphics.
1.778     nicm     3705: .It strikethrough
                   3706: Supports the strikethrough SGR escape sequence.
1.744     nicm     3707: .It sync
                   3708: Supports synchronized updates.
                   3709: .It title
                   3710: Supports
                   3711: .Xr xterm 1
                   3712: title setting.
                   3713: .It usstyle
                   3714: Allows underscore style and colour to be set.
                   3715: .El
1.528     nicm     3716: .It Ic terminal-overrides[] Ar string
                   3717: Allow terminal descriptions read using
                   3718: .Xr terminfo 5
1.531     nicm     3719: to be overridden.
1.528     nicm     3720: Each entry is a colon-separated string made up of a terminal type pattern
                   3721: (matched using
1.381     nicm     3722: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3723: and a set of
                   3724: .Em name=value
                   3725: entries.
                   3726: .Pp
                   3727: For example, to set the
                   3728: .Ql clear
                   3729: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3730: entry to
                   3731: .Ql \ee[H\ee[2J
1.528     nicm     3732: for all terminal types matching
                   3733: .Ql rxvt* :
                   3734: .Pp
                   3735: .Dl "rxvt*:clear=\ee[H\ee[2J"
1.381     nicm     3736: .Pp
                   3737: The terminal entry value is passed through
                   3738: .Xr strunvis 3
                   3739: before interpretation.
1.678     nicm     3740: .It Ic user-keys[] Ar key
                   3741: Set list of user-defined key escape sequences.
                   3742: Each item is associated with a key named
                   3743: .Ql User0 ,
                   3744: .Ql User1 ,
                   3745: and so on.
                   3746: .Pp
                   3747: For example:
                   3748: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3749: set -s user-keys[0] "\ee[5;30012~"
                   3750: bind User0 resize-pane -L 3
                   3751: .Ed
1.133     nicm     3752: .El
1.129     nicm     3753: .Pp
1.18      nicm     3754: Available session options are:
1.1       nicm     3755: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.569     nicm     3756: .It Xo Ic activity-action
                   3757: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3758: .Xc
                   3759: Set action on window activity when
                   3760: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3761: is on.
                   3762: .Ic any
                   3763: means activity in any window linked to a session causes a bell or message
                   3764: (depending on
                   3765: .Ic visual-activity )
                   3766: in the current window of that session,
                   3767: .Ic none
                   3768: means all activity is ignored (equivalent to
                   3769: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3770: being off),
                   3771: .Ic current
                   3772: means only activity in windows other than the current window are ignored and
                   3773: .Ic other
                   3774: means activity in the current window is ignored but not those in other windows.
1.312     nicm     3775: .It Ic assume-paste-time Ar milliseconds
                   3776: If keys are entered faster than one in
                   3777: .Ar milliseconds ,
                   3778: they are assumed to have been pasted rather than typed and
                   3779: .Nm
                   3780: key bindings are not processed.
                   3781: The default is one millisecond and zero disables.
1.69      nicm     3782: .It Ic base-index Ar index
                   3783: Set the base index from which an unused index should be searched when a new
                   3784: window is created.
                   3785: The default is zero.
1.1       nicm     3786: .It Xo Ic bell-action
1.429     nicm     3787: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
1.1       nicm     3788: .Xc
1.574     nicm     3789: Set action on a bell in a window when
                   3790: .Ic monitor-bell
                   3791: is on.
1.569     nicm     3792: The values are the same as those for
                   3793: .Ic activity-action .
1.153     nicm     3794: .It Ic default-command Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     3795: Set the command used for new windows (if not specified when the window is
                   3796: created) to
1.153     nicm     3797: .Ar shell-command ,
1.79      nicm     3798: which may be any
                   3799: .Xr sh 1
                   3800: command.
1.19      nicm     3801: The default is an empty string, which instructs
                   3802: .Nm
1.79      nicm     3803: to create a login shell using the value of the
                   3804: .Ic default-shell
                   3805: option.
                   3806: .It Ic default-shell Ar path
                   3807: Specify the default shell.
                   3808: This is used as the login shell for new windows when the
                   3809: .Ic default-command
                   3810: option is set to empty, and must be the full path of the executable.
                   3811: When started
                   3812: .Nm
                   3813: tries to set a default value from the first suitable of the
1.19      nicm     3814: .Ev SHELL
1.79      nicm     3815: environment variable, the shell returned by
                   3816: .Xr getpwuid 3 ,
                   3817: or
                   3818: .Pa /bin/sh .
                   3819: This option should be configured when
                   3820: .Nm
                   3821: is used as a login shell.
1.629     nicm     3822: .It Ic default-size Ar XxY
1.642     nicm     3823: Set the default size of new windows when the
1.643     nicm     3824: .Ic window-size
1.642     nicm     3825: option is set to manual or when a session is created with
                   3826: .Ic new-session
                   3827: .Fl d .
                   3828: The value is the width and height separated by an
                   3829: .Ql x
                   3830: character.
                   3831: The default is 80x24.
1.206     nicm     3832: .It Xo Ic destroy-unattached
                   3833: .Op Ic on | off
                   3834: .Xc
1.185     nicm     3835: If enabled and the session is no longer attached to any clients, it is
                   3836: destroyed.
1.206     nicm     3837: .It Xo Ic detach-on-destroy
1.815     nicm     3838: .Op Ic off | on | no-detached
1.206     nicm     3839: .Xc
1.184     nicm     3840: If on (the default), the client is detached when the session it is attached to
                   3841: is destroyed.
                   3842: If off, the client is switched to the most recently active of the remaining
                   3843: sessions.
1.815     nicm     3844: If
                   3845: .Ic no-detached ,
                   3846: the client is detached only if there are no detached sessions; if detached
                   3847: sessions exist, the client is switched to the most recently active.
1.145     nicm     3848: .It Ic display-panes-active-colour Ar colour
                   3849: Set the colour used by the
                   3850: .Ic display-panes
                   3851: command to show the indicator for the active pane.
1.78      nicm     3852: .It Ic display-panes-colour Ar colour
1.145     nicm     3853: Set the colour used by the
1.78      nicm     3854: .Ic display-panes
1.145     nicm     3855: command to show the indicators for inactive panes.
1.78      nicm     3856: .It Ic display-panes-time Ar time
                   3857: Set the time in milliseconds for which the indicators shown by the
                   3858: .Ic display-panes
                   3859: command appear.
1.21      nicm     3860: .It Ic display-time Ar time
1.78      nicm     3861: Set the amount of time for which status line messages and other on-screen
                   3862: indicators are displayed.
1.462     tim      3863: If set to 0, messages and indicators are displayed until a key is pressed.
1.21      nicm     3864: .Ar time
                   3865: is in milliseconds.
1.1       nicm     3866: .It Ic history-limit Ar lines
                   3867: Set the maximum number of lines held in window history.
                   3868: This setting applies only to new windows - existing window histories are not
                   3869: resized and retain the limit at the point they were created.
1.474     nicm     3870: .It Ic key-table Ar key-table
                   3871: Set the default key table to
                   3872: .Ar key-table
                   3873: instead of
                   3874: .Em root .
1.1       nicm     3875: .It Ic lock-after-time Ar number
1.100     nicm     3876: Lock the session (like the
                   3877: .Ic lock-session
1.90      nicm     3878: command) after
1.1       nicm     3879: .Ar number
1.448     nicm     3880: seconds of inactivity.
1.100     nicm     3881: The default is not to lock (set to 0).
1.153     nicm     3882: .It Ic lock-command Ar shell-command
1.90      nicm     3883: Command to run when locking each client.
                   3884: The default is to run
                   3885: .Xr lock 1
                   3886: with
                   3887: .Fl np .
1.378     nicm     3888: .It Ic message-command-style Ar style
1.623     nicm     3889: Set status line message command style.
1.737     nicm     3890: This is used for the command prompt with
                   3891: .Xr vi 1
                   3892: keys when in command mode.
1.623     nicm     3893: For how to specify
                   3894: .Ar style ,
                   3895: see the
                   3896: .Sx STYLES
                   3897: section.
1.901     nicm     3898: .It Xo Ic message-line
                   3899: .Op Ic 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
                   3900: .Xc
                   3901: Set line on which status line messages and the command prompt are shown.
1.378     nicm     3902: .It Ic message-style Ar style
                   3903: Set status line message style.
1.737     nicm     3904: This is used for messages and for the command prompt.
1.378     nicm     3905: For how to specify
                   3906: .Ar style ,
                   3907: see the
1.623     nicm     3908: .Sx STYLES
                   3909: section.
1.419     nicm     3910: .It Xo Ic mouse
1.226     nicm     3911: .Op Ic on | off
                   3912: .Xc
                   3913: If on,
                   3914: .Nm
1.419     nicm     3915: captures the mouse and allows mouse events to be bound as key bindings.
                   3916: See the
                   3917: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                   3918: section for details.
1.267     nicm     3919: .It Ic prefix Ar key
                   3920: Set the key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     3921: In addition to the standard keys described under
                   3922: .Sx KEY BINDINGS ,
                   3923: .Ic prefix
                   3924: can be set to the special key
                   3925: .Ql None
                   3926: to set no prefix.
1.267     nicm     3927: .It Ic prefix2 Ar key
                   3928: Set a secondary key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     3929: Like
                   3930: .Ic prefix ,
                   3931: .Ic prefix2
                   3932: can be set to
                   3933: .Ql None .
1.291     nicm     3934: .It Xo Ic renumber-windows
                   3935: .Op Ic on | off
                   3936: .Xc
                   3937: If on, when a window is closed in a session, automatically renumber the other
                   3938: windows in numerical order.
                   3939: This respects the
                   3940: .Ic base-index
                   3941: option if it has been set.
                   3942: If off, do not renumber the windows.
1.21      nicm     3943: .It Ic repeat-time Ar time
1.1       nicm     3944: Allow multiple commands to be entered without pressing the prefix-key again
                   3945: in the specified
1.21      nicm     3946: .Ar time
1.1       nicm     3947: milliseconds (the default is 500).
                   3948: Whether a key repeats may be set when it is bound using the
                   3949: .Fl r
                   3950: flag to
                   3951: .Ic bind-key .
1.52      nicm     3952: Repeat is enabled for the default keys bound to the
                   3953: .Ic resize-pane
                   3954: command.
1.1       nicm     3955: .It Xo Ic set-titles
1.56      jmc      3956: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     3957: .Xc
1.261     nicm     3958: Attempt to set the client terminal title using the
                   3959: .Em tsl
                   3960: and
                   3961: .Em fsl
                   3962: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3963: entries if they exist.
                   3964: .Nm
1.444     nicm     3965: automatically sets these to the \ee]0;...\e007 sequence if
                   3966: the terminal appears to be
                   3967: .Xr xterm 1 .
1.11      nicm     3968: This option is off by default.
1.86      nicm     3969: .It Ic set-titles-string Ar string
1.678     nicm     3970: String used to set the client terminal title if
1.86      nicm     3971: .Ic set-titles
                   3972: is on.
1.414     nicm     3973: Formats are expanded, see the
                   3974: .Sx FORMATS
                   3975: section.
1.569     nicm     3976: .It Xo Ic silence-action
                   3977: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3978: .Xc
                   3979: Set action on window silence when
                   3980: .Ic monitor-silence
                   3981: is on.
                   3982: The values are the same as those for
                   3983: .Ic activity-action .
1.1       nicm     3984: .It Xo Ic status
1.625     nicm     3985: .Op Ic off | on | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
1.1       nicm     3986: .Xc
1.625     nicm     3987: Show or hide the status line or specify its size.
                   3988: Using
                   3989: .Ic on
                   3990: gives a status line one row in height;
                   3991: .Ic 2 ,
                   3992: .Ic 3 ,
                   3993: .Ic 4
                   3994: or
                   3995: .Ic 5
                   3996: more rows.
                   3997: .It Ic status-format[] Ar format
                   3998: Specify the format to be used for each line of the status line.
                   3999: The default builds the top status line from the various individual status
                   4000: options below.
1.1       nicm     4001: .It Ic status-interval Ar interval
1.538     nicm     4002: Update the status line every
1.1       nicm     4003: .Ar interval
                   4004: seconds.
                   4005: By default, updates will occur every 15 seconds.
                   4006: A setting of zero disables redrawing at interval.
1.41      nicm     4007: .It Xo Ic status-justify
1.829     nicm     4008: .Op Ic left | centre | right | absolute-centre
1.41      nicm     4009: .Xc
1.829     nicm     4010: Set the position of the window list in the status line: left, centre or right.
                   4011: centre puts the window list in the relative centre of the available free space;
                   4012: absolute-centre uses the centre of the entire horizontal space.
1.1       nicm     4013: .It Xo Ic status-keys
1.56      jmc      4014: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4015: .Xc
1.6       jmc      4016: Use vi or emacs-style
1.1       nicm     4017: key bindings in the status line, for example at the command prompt.
1.191     nicm     4018: The default is emacs, unless the
                   4019: .Ev VISUAL
                   4020: or
                   4021: .Ev EDITOR
                   4022: environment variables are set and contain the string
                   4023: .Ql vi .
1.1       nicm     4024: .It Ic status-left Ar string
                   4025: Display
                   4026: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4027: (by default the session name) to the left of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4028: .Ar string
                   4029: will be passed through
1.623     nicm     4030: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   4031: Also see the
                   4032: .Sx FORMATS
                   4033: and
                   4034: .Sx STYLES
                   4035: sections.
1.83      nicm     4036: .Pp
1.263     nicm     4037: For details on how the names and titles can be set see the
1.261     nicm     4038: .Sx "NAMES AND TITLES"
                   4039: section.
1.109     nicm     4040: .Pp
1.83      nicm     4041: Examples are:
                   4042: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4043: #(sysctl vm.loadavg)
                   4044: #[fg=yellow,bold]#(apm -l)%%#[default] [#S]
                   4045: .Ed
1.10      nicm     4046: .Pp
1.405     nicm     4047: The default is
                   4048: .Ql "[#S] " .
1.1       nicm     4049: .It Ic status-left-length Ar length
                   4050: Set the maximum
                   4051: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4052: of the left component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4053: The default is 10.
1.378     nicm     4054: .It Ic status-left-style Ar style
                   4055: Set the style of the left part of the status line.
                   4056: For how to specify
                   4057: .Ar style ,
                   4058: see the
1.623     nicm     4059: .Sx STYLES
                   4060: section.
1.269     nicm     4061: .It Xo Ic status-position
                   4062: .Op Ic top | bottom
                   4063: .Xc
                   4064: Set the position of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4065: .It Ic status-right Ar string
                   4066: Display
                   4067: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     4068: to the right of the status line.
1.577     nicm     4069: By default, the current pane title in double quotes, the date and the time
1.151     nicm     4070: are shown.
1.1       nicm     4071: As with
                   4072: .Ic status-left ,
                   4073: .Ar string
                   4074: will be passed to
1.459     jmc      4075: .Xr strftime 3
                   4076: and character pairs are replaced.
1.1       nicm     4077: .It Ic status-right-length Ar length
                   4078: Set the maximum
                   4079: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     4080: of the right component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     4081: The default is 40.
1.378     nicm     4082: .It Ic status-right-style Ar style
                   4083: Set the style of the right part of the status line.
                   4084: For how to specify
                   4085: .Ar style ,
                   4086: see the
1.623     nicm     4087: .Sx STYLES
                   4088: section.
1.378     nicm     4089: .It Ic status-style Ar style
                   4090: Set status line style.
                   4091: For how to specify
                   4092: .Ar style ,
                   4093: see the
1.623     nicm     4094: .Sx STYLES
                   4095: section.
1.529     nicm     4096: .It Ic update-environment[] Ar variable
                   4097: Set list of environment variables to be copied into the session environment
                   4098: when a new session is created or an existing session is attached.
1.63      nicm     4099: Any variables that do not exist in the source environment are set to be
                   4100: removed from the session environment (as if
                   4101: .Fl r
                   4102: was given to the
                   4103: .Ic set-environment
                   4104: command).
1.37      nicm     4105: .It Xo Ic visual-activity
1.569     nicm     4106: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4107: .Xc
1.569     nicm     4108: If on, display a message instead of sending a bell when activity occurs in a
                   4109: window for which the
1.37      nicm     4110: .Ic monitor-activity
                   4111: window option is enabled.
1.569     nicm     4112: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4113: .It Xo Ic visual-bell
1.569     nicm     4114: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4115: .Xc
1.574     nicm     4116: If on, a message is shown on a bell in a window for which the
                   4117: .Ic monitor-bell
                   4118: window option is enabled instead of it being passed through to the
1.569     nicm     4119: terminal (which normally makes a sound).
                   4120: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4121: Also see the
                   4122: .Ic bell-action
                   4123: option.
1.192     nicm     4124: .It Xo Ic visual-silence
1.569     nicm     4125: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.192     nicm     4126: .Xc
                   4127: If
                   4128: .Ic monitor-silence
1.569     nicm     4129: is enabled, prints a message after the interval has expired on a given window
                   4130: instead of sending a bell.
                   4131: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.255     nicm     4132: .It Ic word-separators Ar string
                   4133: Sets the session's conception of what characters are considered word
                   4134: separators, for the purposes of the next and previous word commands in
                   4135: copy mode.
1.857     nicm     4136: .El
1.1       nicm     4137: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4138: Available window options are:
1.56      jmc      4139: .Pp
                   4140: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.1       nicm     4141: .It Xo Ic aggressive-resize
1.56      jmc      4142: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4143: .Xc
                   4144: Aggressively resize the chosen window.
                   4145: This means that
                   4146: .Nm
1.642     nicm     4147: will resize the window to the size of the smallest or largest session
                   4148: (see the
                   4149: .Ic window-size
                   4150: option) for which it is the current window, rather than the session to
                   4151: which it is attached.
                   4152: The window may resize when the current window is changed on another
                   4153: session; this option is good for full-screen programs which support
1.6       jmc      4154: .Dv SIGWINCH
                   4155: and poor for interactive programs such as shells.
1.262     nicm     4156: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4157: .It Xo Ic automatic-rename
1.56      jmc      4158: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4159: .Xc
                   4160: Control automatic window renaming.
                   4161: When this setting is enabled,
                   4162: .Nm
1.368     nicm     4163: will rename the window automatically using the format specified by
                   4164: .Ic automatic-rename-format .
1.1       nicm     4165: This flag is automatically disabled for an individual window when a name
                   4166: is specified at creation with
1.186     nicm     4167: .Ic new-window
                   4168: or
1.1       nicm     4169: .Ic new-session ,
                   4170: or later with
1.261     nicm     4171: .Ic rename-window ,
                   4172: or with a terminal escape sequence.
1.1       nicm     4173: It may be switched off globally with:
                   4174: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.668     nicm     4175: set-option -wg automatic-rename off
1.1       nicm     4176: .Ed
1.368     nicm     4177: .Pp
                   4178: .It Ic automatic-rename-format Ar format
                   4179: The format (see
                   4180: .Sx FORMATS )
                   4181: used when the
                   4182: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4183: option is enabled.
1.56      jmc      4184: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4185: .It Ic clock-mode-colour Ar colour
                   4186: Set clock colour.
1.56      jmc      4187: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4188: .It Xo Ic clock-mode-style
1.56      jmc      4189: .Op Ic 12 | 24
1.1       nicm     4190: .Xc
                   4191: Set clock hour format.
1.883     nicm     4192: .Pp
                   4193: .It Ic fill-character Ar character
                   4194: Set the character used to fill areas of the terminal unused by a window.
1.56      jmc      4195: .Pp
1.196     nicm     4196: .It Ic main-pane-height Ar height
1.2       nicm     4197: .It Ic main-pane-width Ar width
                   4198: Set the width or height of the main (left or top) pane in the
                   4199: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4200: or
                   4201: .Ic main-vertical
                   4202: layouts.
1.747     nicm     4203: If suffixed by
                   4204: .Ql % ,
                   4205: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.757     nicm     4206: .Pp
                   4207: .It Ic copy-mode-match-style Ar style
                   4208: Set the style of search matches in copy mode.
1.768     nicm     4209: For how to specify
                   4210: .Ar style ,
                   4211: see the
                   4212: .Sx STYLES
                   4213: section.
                   4214: .Pp
                   4215: .It Ic copy-mode-mark-style Ar style
                   4216: Set the style of the line containing the mark in copy mode.
1.757     nicm     4217: For how to specify
                   4218: .Ar style ,
                   4219: see the
                   4220: .Sx STYLES
                   4221: section.
                   4222: .Pp
                   4223: .It Ic copy-mode-current-match-style Ar style
                   4224: Set the style of the current search match in copy mode.
                   4225: For how to specify
                   4226: .Ar style ,
                   4227: see the
                   4228: .Sx STYLES
                   4229: section.
1.56      jmc      4230: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4231: .It Xo Ic mode-keys
1.56      jmc      4232: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4233: .Xc
1.500     nicm     4234: Use vi or emacs-style key bindings in copy mode.
                   4235: The default is emacs, unless
1.191     nicm     4236: .Ev VISUAL
                   4237: or
                   4238: .Ev EDITOR
                   4239: contains
                   4240: .Ql vi .
1.56      jmc      4241: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4242: .It Ic mode-style Ar style
                   4243: Set window modes style.
                   4244: For how to specify
                   4245: .Ar style ,
                   4246: see the
1.623     nicm     4247: .Sx STYLES
                   4248: section.
1.378     nicm     4249: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4250: .It Xo Ic monitor-activity
1.56      jmc      4251: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4252: .Xc
                   4253: Monitor for activity in the window.
                   4254: Windows with activity are highlighted in the status line.
1.56      jmc      4255: .Pp
1.574     nicm     4256: .It Xo Ic monitor-bell
                   4257: .Op Ic on | off
                   4258: .Xc
                   4259: Monitor for a bell in the window.
                   4260: Windows with a bell are highlighted in the status line.
                   4261: .Pp
1.192     nicm     4262: .It Xo Ic monitor-silence
                   4263: .Op Ic interval
                   4264: .Xc
                   4265: Monitor for silence (no activity) in the window within
                   4266: .Ic interval
                   4267: seconds.
                   4268: Windows that have been silent for the interval are highlighted in the
                   4269: status line.
                   4270: An interval of zero disables the monitoring.
1.195     nicm     4271: .Pp
                   4272: .It Ic other-pane-height Ar height
                   4273: Set the height of the other panes (not the main pane) in the
                   4274: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4275: layout.
                   4276: If this option is set to 0 (the default), it will have no effect.
                   4277: If both the
                   4278: .Ic main-pane-height
                   4279: and
                   4280: .Ic other-pane-height
                   4281: options are set, the main pane will grow taller to make the other panes the
                   4282: specified height, but will never shrink to do so.
1.747     nicm     4283: If suffixed by
                   4284: .Ql % ,
                   4285: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.195     nicm     4286: .Pp
                   4287: .It Ic other-pane-width Ar width
                   4288: Like
                   4289: .Ic other-pane-height ,
                   4290: but set the width of other panes in the
                   4291: .Ic main-vertical
                   4292: layout.
1.243     nicm     4293: .Pp
1.413     nicm     4294: .It Ic pane-active-border-style Ar style
                   4295: Set the pane border style for the currently active pane.
                   4296: For how to specify
                   4297: .Ar style ,
                   4298: see the
1.623     nicm     4299: .Sx STYLES
                   4300: section.
1.413     nicm     4301: Attributes are ignored.
1.866     nicm     4302: .Pp
1.243     nicm     4303: .It Ic pane-base-index Ar index
                   4304: Like
                   4305: .Ic base-index ,
                   4306: but set the starting index for pane numbers.
1.484     nicm     4307: .Pp
                   4308: .It Ic pane-border-format Ar format
                   4309: Set the text shown in pane border status lines.
1.875     nicm     4310: .Pp
                   4311: .It Xo Ic pane-border-indicators
                   4312: .Op Ic off | colour | arrows | both
                   4313: .Xc
                   4314: Indicate active pane by colouring only half of the border in windows with
                   4315: exactly two panes, by displaying arrow markers, by drawing both or neither.
1.770     nicm     4316: .Pp
                   4317: .It Ic pane-border-lines Ar type
                   4318: Set the type of characters used for drawing pane borders.
                   4319: .Ar type
                   4320: may be one of:
                   4321: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4322: .It single
                   4323: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters
                   4324: .It double
                   4325: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4326: .It heavy
                   4327: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4328: .It simple
                   4329: simple ASCII characters
                   4330: .It number
                   4331: the pane number
                   4332: .El
                   4333: .Pp
                   4334: .Ql double
                   4335: and
                   4336: .Ql heavy
                   4337: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
1.484     nicm     4338: .Pp
                   4339: .It Xo Ic pane-border-status
                   4340: .Op Ic off | top | bottom
                   4341: .Xc
                   4342: Turn pane border status lines off or set their position.
1.413     nicm     4343: .Pp
                   4344: .It Ic pane-border-style Ar style
                   4345: Set the pane border style for panes aside from the active pane.
                   4346: For how to specify
                   4347: .Ar style ,
                   4348: see the
1.623     nicm     4349: .Sx STYLES
                   4350: section.
1.413     nicm     4351: Attributes are ignored.
1.192     nicm     4352: .Pp
1.862     nicm     4353: .It Ic popup-style Ar style
                   4354: Set the popup style.
                   4355: For how to specify
                   4356: .Ar style ,
                   4357: see the
                   4358: .Sx STYLES
                   4359: section.
                   4360: Attributes are ignored.
                   4361: .Pp
                   4362: .It Ic popup-border-style Ar style
                   4363: Set the popup border style.
                   4364: For how to specify
                   4365: .Ar style ,
                   4366: see the
                   4367: .Sx STYLES
                   4368: section.
                   4369: Attributes are ignored.
                   4370: .Pp
                   4371: .It Ic popup-border-lines Ar type
                   4372: Set the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
                   4373: .Ar type
                   4374: may be one of:
                   4375: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4376: .It single
                   4377: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters (default)
                   4378: .It rounded
                   4379: variation of single with rounded corners using UTF-8 characters
                   4380: .It double
                   4381: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4382: .It heavy
                   4383: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4384: .It simple
                   4385: simple ASCII characters
                   4386: .It padded
                   4387: simple ASCII space character
                   4388: .It none
                   4389: no border
                   4390: .El
                   4391: .Pp
                   4392: .Ql double
                   4393: and
                   4394: .Ql heavy
                   4395: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
                   4396: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4397: .It Ic window-status-activity-style Ar style
                   4398: Set status line style for windows with an activity alert.
                   4399: For how to specify
                   4400: .Ar style ,
                   4401: see the
1.623     nicm     4402: .Sx STYLES
                   4403: section.
1.169     nicm     4404: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4405: .It Ic window-status-bell-style Ar style
                   4406: Set status line style for windows with a bell alert.
                   4407: For how to specify
                   4408: .Ar style ,
                   4409: see the
1.623     nicm     4410: .Sx STYLES
                   4411: section.
1.169     nicm     4412: .Pp
1.125     nicm     4413: .It Ic window-status-current-format Ar string
                   4414: Like
                   4415: .Ar window-status-format ,
                   4416: but is the format used when the window is the current window.
1.307     nicm     4417: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4418: .It Ic window-status-current-style Ar style
                   4419: Set status line style for the currently active window.
                   4420: For how to specify
                   4421: .Ar style ,
                   4422: see the
1.623     nicm     4423: .Sx STYLES
                   4424: section.
1.239     nicm     4425: .Pp
                   4426: .It Ic window-status-format Ar string
                   4427: Set the format in which the window is displayed in the status line window list.
                   4428: See the
1.623     nicm     4429: .Sx FORMATS
                   4430: and
                   4431: .Sx STYLES
                   4432: sections.
1.290     nicm     4433: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4434: .It Ic window-status-last-style Ar style
                   4435: Set status line style for the last active window.
                   4436: For how to specify
                   4437: .Ar style ,
                   4438: see the
1.623     nicm     4439: .Sx STYLES
                   4440: section.
1.378     nicm     4441: .Pp
1.290     nicm     4442: .It Ic window-status-separator Ar string
                   4443: Sets the separator drawn between windows in the status line.
                   4444: The default is a single space character.
1.125     nicm     4445: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4446: .It Ic window-status-style Ar style
                   4447: Set status line style for a single window.
1.418     nicm     4448: For how to specify
                   4449: .Ar style ,
                   4450: see the
1.623     nicm     4451: .Sx STYLES
                   4452: section.
1.418     nicm     4453: .Pp
1.642     nicm     4454: .It Xo Ic window-size
1.689     nicm     4455: .Ar largest | Ar smallest | Ar manual | Ar latest
1.642     nicm     4456: .Xc
                   4457: Configure how
                   4458: .Nm
                   4459: determines the window size.
                   4460: If set to
                   4461: .Ar largest ,
                   4462: the size of the largest attached session is used; if
                   4463: .Ar smallest ,
                   4464: the size of the smallest.
                   4465: If
                   4466: .Ar manual ,
                   4467: the size of a new window is set from the
                   4468: .Ic default-size
                   4469: option and windows are resized automatically.
1.689     nicm     4470: With
                   4471: .Ar latest ,
                   4472: .Nm
                   4473: uses the size of the client that had the most recent activity.
1.642     nicm     4474: See also the
                   4475: .Ic resize-window
                   4476: command and the
                   4477: .Ic aggressive-resize
                   4478: option.
                   4479: .Pp
1.512     nicm     4480: .It Xo Ic wrap-search
                   4481: .Op Ic on | off
                   4482: .Xc
                   4483: If this option is set, searches will wrap around the end of the pane contents.
                   4484: The default is on.
1.57      jmc      4485: .El
1.668     nicm     4486: .Pp
                   4487: Available pane options are:
                   4488: .Pp
                   4489: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.877     nicm     4490: .It Xo Ic allow-passthrough
1.897     nicm     4491: .Op Ic on | off | all
1.877     nicm     4492: .Xc
                   4493: Allow programs in the pane to bypass
                   4494: .Nm
                   4495: using a terminal escape sequence (\eePtmux;...\ee\e\e).
1.897     nicm     4496: If set to
                   4497: .Ic on ,
                   4498: passthrough sequences will be allowed only if the pane is visible.
                   4499: If set to
                   4500: .Ic all ,
                   4501: they will be allowed even if the pane is invisible.
1.877     nicm     4502: .Pp
1.669     nicm     4503: .It Xo Ic allow-rename
                   4504: .Op Ic on | off
                   4505: .Xc
                   4506: Allow programs in the pane to change the window name using a terminal escape
                   4507: sequence (\eek...\ee\e\e).
                   4508: .Pp
                   4509: .It Xo Ic alternate-screen
                   4510: .Op Ic on | off
                   4511: .Xc
                   4512: This option configures whether programs running inside the pane may use the
                   4513: terminal alternate screen feature, which allows the
                   4514: .Em smcup
                   4515: and
                   4516: .Em rmcup
                   4517: .Xr terminfo 5
                   4518: capabilities.
                   4519: The alternate screen feature preserves the contents of the window when an
                   4520: interactive application starts and restores it on exit, so that any output
                   4521: visible before the application starts reappears unchanged after it exits.
1.868     nicm     4522: .Pp
                   4523: .It Ic cursor-colour Ar colour
                   4524: Set the colour of the cursor.
1.850     nicm     4525: .Pp
                   4526: .It Ic pane-colours[] Ar colour
                   4527: The default colour palette.
                   4528: Each entry in the array defines the colour
                   4529: .Nm
                   4530: uses when the colour with that index is requested.
                   4531: The index may be from zero to 255.
1.869     nicm     4532: .Pp
                   4533: .It Ic cursor-style Ar style
1.871     nicm     4534: Set the style of the cursor.
                   4535: Available styles are:
1.869     nicm     4536: .Ic default ,
                   4537: .Ic blinking-block ,
                   4538: .Ic block ,
                   4539: .Ic blinking-underline ,
                   4540: .Ic underline ,
                   4541: .Ic blinking-bar ,
                   4542: .Ic bar .
1.669     nicm     4543: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4544: .It Xo Ic remain-on-exit
1.810     nicm     4545: .Op Ic on | off | failed
1.57      jmc      4546: .Xc
1.668     nicm     4547: A pane with this flag set is not destroyed when the program running in it
                   4548: exits.
1.810     nicm     4549: If set to
                   4550: .Ic failed ,
                   4551: then only when the program exit status is not zero.
1.668     nicm     4552: The pane may be reactivated with the
                   4553: .Ic respawn-pane
                   4554: command.
1.808     nicm     4555: .Pp
1.882     nicm     4556: .It Ic remain-on-exit-format Ar string
                   4557: Set the text shown at the bottom of exited panes when
                   4558: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4559: is enabled.
1.884     nicm     4560: .Pp
                   4561: .It Xo Ic scroll-on-clear
                   4562: .Op Ic on | off
                   4563: .Xc
                   4564: When the entire screen is cleared and this option is on, scroll the contents of
                   4565: the screen into history before clearing it.
1.882     nicm     4566: .Pp
1.808     nicm     4567: .It Xo Ic synchronize-panes
                   4568: .Op Ic on | off
                   4569: .Xc
                   4570: Duplicate input to all other panes in the same window where this option is also
                   4571: on (only for panes that are not in any mode).
1.668     nicm     4572: .Pp
                   4573: .It Ic window-active-style Ar style
                   4574: Set the pane style when it is the active pane.
                   4575: For how to specify
                   4576: .Ar style ,
                   4577: see the
                   4578: .Sx STYLES
                   4579: section.
                   4580: .Pp
                   4581: .It Ic window-style Ar style
                   4582: Set the pane style.
                   4583: For how to specify
                   4584: .Ar style ,
                   4585: see the
                   4586: .Sx STYLES
                   4587: section.
1.843     jmc      4588: .El
1.469     nicm     4589: .Sh HOOKS
                   4590: .Nm
                   4591: allows commands to run on various triggers, called
                   4592: .Em hooks .
1.505     nicm     4593: Most
1.483     nicm     4594: .Nm
1.505     nicm     4595: commands have an
1.483     nicm     4596: .Em after
                   4597: hook and there are a number of hooks not associated with commands.
                   4598: .Pp
1.640     nicm     4599: Hooks are stored as array options, members of the array are executed in
                   4600: order when the hook is triggered.
1.916   ! nicm     4601: Like options different hooks may be global or belong to a session, window or
        !          4602: pane.
1.640     nicm     4603: Hooks may be configured with the
                   4604: .Ic set-hook
                   4605: or
                   4606: .Ic set-option
                   4607: commands and displayed with
                   4608: .Ic show-hooks
                   4609: or
                   4610: .Ic show-options
                   4611: .Fl H .
                   4612: The following two commands are equivalent:
                   4613: .Bd -literal -offset indent.
                   4614: set-hook -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4615: set-option -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4616: .Ed
                   4617: .Pp
                   4618: Setting a hook without specifying an array index clears the hook and sets the
                   4619: first member of the array.
                   4620: .Pp
1.505     nicm     4621: A command's after
                   4622: hook is run after it completes, except when the command is run as part of a hook
1.483     nicm     4623: itself.
1.505     nicm     4624: They are named with an
1.483     nicm     4625: .Ql after-
                   4626: prefix.
                   4627: For example, the following command adds a hook to select the even-vertical
                   4628: layout after every
                   4629: .Ic split-window :
                   4630: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.640     nicm     4631: set-hook -g after-split-window "selectl even-vertical"
1.483     nicm     4632: .Ed
                   4633: .Pp
1.584     nicm     4634: All the notifications listed in the
                   4635: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                   4636: section are hooks (without any arguments), except
                   4637: .Ic %exit .
                   4638: The following additional hooks are available:
1.560     nicm     4639: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"
1.476     nicm     4640: .It alert-activity
                   4641: Run when a window has activity.
                   4642: See
                   4643: .Ic monitor-activity .
                   4644: .It alert-bell
                   4645: Run when a window has received a bell.
1.574     nicm     4646: See
                   4647: .Ic monitor-bell .
1.476     nicm     4648: .It alert-silence
                   4649: Run when a window has been silent.
                   4650: See
                   4651: .Ic monitor-silence .
1.845     nicm     4652: .It client-active
                   4653: Run when a client becomes the latest active client of its session.
1.469     nicm     4654: .It client-attached
                   4655: Run when a client is attached.
                   4656: .It client-detached
                   4657: Run when a client is detached
1.846     nicm     4658: .It client-focus-in
                   4659: Run when focus enters a client
                   4660: .It client-focus-out
                   4661: Run when focus exits a client
1.469     nicm     4662: .It client-resized
                   4663: Run when a client is resized.
1.511     nicm     4664: .It client-session-changed
                   4665: Run when a client's attached session is changed.
1.475     nicm     4666: .It pane-died
                   4667: Run when the program running in a pane exits, but
                   4668: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4669: is on so the pane has not closed.
                   4670: .It pane-exited
                   4671: Run when the program running in a pane exits.
1.603     nicm     4672: .It pane-focus-in
                   4673: Run when the focus enters a pane, if the
                   4674: .Ic focus-events
                   4675: option is on.
                   4676: .It pane-focus-out
                   4677: Run when the focus exits a pane, if the
                   4678: .Ic focus-events
                   4679: option is on.
1.560     nicm     4680: .It pane-set-clipboard
                   4681: Run when the terminal clipboard is set using the
                   4682: .Xr xterm 1
                   4683: escape sequence.
1.510     nicm     4684: .It session-created
                   4685: Run when a new session created.
                   4686: .It session-closed
                   4687: Run when a session closed.
1.507     nicm     4688: .It session-renamed
                   4689: Run when a session is renamed.
1.511     nicm     4690: .It window-linked
                   4691: Run when a window is linked into a session.
1.507     nicm     4692: .It window-renamed
                   4693: Run when a window is renamed.
1.878     nicm     4694: .It window-resized
                   4695: Run when a window is resized.
                   4696: This may be after the
                   4697: .Ar client-resized
                   4698: hook is run.
1.511     nicm     4699: .It window-unlinked
                   4700: Run when a window is unlinked from a session.
1.469     nicm     4701: .El
                   4702: .Pp
                   4703: Hooks are managed with these commands:
                   4704: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4705: .It Xo Ic set-hook
1.740     nicm     4706: .Op Fl agpRuw
                   4707: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4708: .Ar hook-name
                   4709: .Ar command
                   4710: .Xc
1.604     nicm     4711: Without
1.605     jmc      4712: .Fl R ,
1.604     nicm     4713: sets (or with
1.496     nicm     4714: .Fl u
                   4715: unsets) hook
1.469     nicm     4716: .Ar hook-name
                   4717: to
                   4718: .Ar command .
1.740     nicm     4719: The flags are the same as for
                   4720: .Ic set-option .
1.604     nicm     4721: .Pp
                   4722: With
                   4723: .Fl R ,
                   4724: run
                   4725: .Ar hook-name
                   4726: immediately.
1.469     nicm     4727: .It Xo Ic show-hooks
1.740     nicm     4728: .Op Fl gpw
                   4729: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4730: .Xc
1.740     nicm     4731: Shows hooks.
                   4732: The flags are the same as for
                   4733: .Ic show-options .
1.470     jmc      4734: .El
1.419     nicm     4735: .Sh MOUSE SUPPORT
                   4736: If the
                   4737: .Ic mouse
                   4738: option is on (the default is off),
                   4739: .Nm
                   4740: allows mouse events to be bound as keys.
                   4741: The name of each key is made up of a mouse event (such as
                   4742: .Ql MouseUp1 )
1.632     nicm     4743: and a location suffix, one of the following:
                   4744: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   4745: .It Li "Pane" Ta "the contents of a pane"
                   4746: .It Li "Border" Ta "a pane border"
                   4747: .It Li "Status" Ta "the status line window list"
                   4748: .It Li "StatusLeft" Ta "the left part of the status line"
                   4749: .It Li "StatusRight" Ta "the right part of the status line"
                   4750: .It Li "StatusDefault" Ta "any other part of the status line"
                   4751: .El
                   4752: .Pp
1.419     nicm     4753: The following mouse events are available:
                   4754: .Bl -column "MouseDown1" "MouseDrag1" "WheelDown" -offset indent
1.498     nicm     4755: .It Li "WheelUp" Ta "WheelDown" Ta ""
1.481     nicm     4756: .It Li "MouseDown1" Ta "MouseUp1" Ta "MouseDrag1" Ta "MouseDragEnd1"
                   4757: .It Li "MouseDown2" Ta "MouseUp2" Ta "MouseDrag2" Ta "MouseDragEnd2"
                   4758: .It Li "MouseDown3" Ta "MouseUp3" Ta "MouseDrag3" Ta "MouseDragEnd3"
1.724     nicm     4759: .It Li "SecondClick1" Ta "SecondClick2" Ta "SecondClick3"
1.590     nicm     4760: .It Li "DoubleClick1" Ta "DoubleClick2" Ta "DoubleClick3"
                   4761: .It Li "TripleClick1" Ta "TripleClick2" Ta "TripleClick3"
1.419     nicm     4762: .El
1.724     nicm     4763: .Pp
                   4764: The
                   4765: .Ql SecondClick
                   4766: events are fired for the second click of a double click, even if there may be a
                   4767: third click which will fire
                   4768: .Ql TripleClick
                   4769: instead of
                   4770: .Ql DoubleClick .
1.419     nicm     4771: .Pp
                   4772: Each should be suffixed with a location, for example
                   4773: .Ql MouseDown1Status .
                   4774: .Pp
1.423     nicm     4775: The special token
                   4776: .Ql {mouse}
                   4777: or
1.419     nicm     4778: .Ql =
                   4779: may be used as
                   4780: .Ar target-window
                   4781: or
                   4782: .Ar target-pane
                   4783: in commands bound to mouse key bindings.
                   4784: It resolves to the window or pane over which the mouse event took place
1.916   ! nicm     4785: (for example, the window in the status line over which button 1 was released
        !          4786: for a
1.419     nicm     4787: .Ql MouseUp1Status
                   4788: binding, or the pane over which the wheel was scrolled for a
                   4789: .Ql WheelDownPane
                   4790: binding).
                   4791: .Pp
                   4792: The
                   4793: .Ic send-keys
                   4794: .Fl M
                   4795: flag may be used to forward a mouse event to a pane.
                   4796: .Pp
                   4797: The default key bindings allow the mouse to be used to select and resize panes,
                   4798: to copy text and to change window using the status line.
                   4799: These take effect if the
                   4800: .Ic mouse
                   4801: option is turned on.
1.245     nicm     4802: .Sh FORMATS
1.294     nicm     4803: Certain commands accept the
1.245     nicm     4804: .Fl F
                   4805: flag with a
                   4806: .Ar format
                   4807: argument.
                   4808: This is a string which controls the output format of the command.
1.678     nicm     4809: Format variables are enclosed in
1.245     nicm     4810: .Ql #{
                   4811: and
                   4812: .Ql } ,
                   4813: for example
1.359     nicm     4814: .Ql #{session_name} .
1.409     nicm     4815: The possible variables are listed in the table below, or the name of a
                   4816: .Nm
                   4817: option may be used for an option's value.
                   4818: Some variables have a shorter alias such as
1.598     nicm     4819: .Ql #S ;
1.376     nicm     4820: .Ql ##
                   4821: is replaced by a single
1.598     nicm     4822: .Ql # ,
                   4823: .Ql #,
                   4824: by a
                   4825: .Ql \&,
                   4826: and
                   4827: .Ql #}
                   4828: by a
                   4829: .Ql } .
1.409     nicm     4830: .Pp
                   4831: Conditionals are available by prefixing with
1.246     jmc      4832: .Ql \&?
1.245     nicm     4833: and separating two alternatives with a comma;
                   4834: if the specified variable exists and is not zero, the first alternative
1.246     jmc      4835: is chosen, otherwise the second is used.
                   4836: For example
1.245     nicm     4837: .Ql #{?session_attached,attached,not attached}
                   4838: will include the string
                   4839: .Ql attached
                   4840: if the session is attached and the string
                   4841: .Ql not attached
1.409     nicm     4842: if it is unattached, or
                   4843: .Ql #{?automatic-rename,yes,no}
                   4844: will include
                   4845: .Ql yes
                   4846: if
                   4847: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4848: is enabled, or
                   4849: .Ql no
                   4850: if not.
1.599     nicm     4851: Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.
                   4852: Inside a conditional,
                   4853: .Ql \&,
                   4854: and
                   4855: .Ql }
                   4856: must be escaped as
                   4857: .Ql #,
                   4858: and
                   4859: .Ql #} ,
                   4860: unless they are part of a
                   4861: .Ql #{...}
1.600     nicm     4862: replacement.
                   4863: For example:
1.599     nicm     4864: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4865: #{?pane_in_mode,#[fg=white#,bg=red],#[fg=red#,bg=white]}#W .
                   4866: .Ed
1.520     nicm     4867: .Pp
1.678     nicm     4868: String comparisons may be expressed by prefixing two comma-separated
1.520     nicm     4869: alternatives by
1.652     nicm     4870: .Ql == ,
                   4871: .Ql != ,
                   4872: .Ql < ,
                   4873: .Ql > ,
                   4874: .Ql <=
1.520     nicm     4875: or
1.652     nicm     4876: .Ql >=
1.520     nicm     4877: and a colon.
                   4878: For example
1.544     nicm     4879: .Ql #{==:#{host},myhost}
1.520     nicm     4880: will be replaced by
                   4881: .Ql 1
                   4882: if running on
                   4883: .Ql myhost ,
                   4884: otherwise by
1.554     nicm     4885: .Ql 0 .
                   4886: .Ql ||
                   4887: and
                   4888: .Ql &&
                   4889: evaluate to true if either or both of two comma-separated alternatives are
                   4890: true, for example
1.595     nicm     4891: .Ql #{||:#{pane_in_mode},#{alternate_on}} .
1.664     nicm     4892: .Pp
                   4893: An
                   4894: .Ql m
                   4895: specifies an
                   4896: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   4897: or regular expression comparison.
                   4898: The first argument is the pattern and the second the string to compare.
1.714     nicm     4899: An optional argument specifies flags:
1.664     nicm     4900: .Ql r
                   4901: means the pattern is a regular expression instead of the default
                   4902: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   4903: pattern, and
                   4904: .Ql i
                   4905: means to ignore case.
                   4906: For example:
                   4907: .Ql #{m:*foo*,#{host}}
                   4908: or
                   4909: .Ql #{m/ri:^A,MYVAR} .
1.554     nicm     4910: A
                   4911: .Ql C
                   4912: performs a search for an
                   4913: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.664     nicm     4914: pattern or regular expression in the pane content and evaluates to zero if not
                   4915: found, or a line number if found.
                   4916: Like
                   4917: .Ql m ,
1.665     jmc      4918: an
1.664     nicm     4919: .Ql r
                   4920: flag means search for a regular expression and
                   4921: .Ql i
                   4922: ignores case.
                   4923: For example:
                   4924: .Ql #{C/r:^Start}
1.714     nicm     4925: .Pp
1.916   ! nicm     4926: Numeric operators may be performed by prefixing two comma-separated alternatives
        !          4927: with an
1.714     nicm     4928: .Ql e
                   4929: and an operator.
                   4930: An optional
                   4931: .Ql f
1.916   ! nicm     4932: flag may be given after the operator to use floating point numbers, otherwise
        !          4933: integers are used.
        !          4934: This may be followed by a number giving the number of decimal places to use for
        !          4935: the result.
1.714     nicm     4936: The available operators are:
                   4937: addition
                   4938: .Ql + ,
                   4939: subtraction
                   4940: .Ql - ,
                   4941: multiplication
                   4942: .Ql * ,
                   4943: division
                   4944: .Ql / ,
1.801     nicm     4945: modulus
1.714     nicm     4946: .Ql m
                   4947: or
                   4948: .Ql %
                   4949: (note that
                   4950: .Ql %
                   4951: must be escaped as
                   4952: .Ql %%
                   4953: in formats which are also expanded by
1.801     nicm     4954: .Xr strftime 3 )
                   4955: and numeric comparison operators
                   4956: .Ql == ,
                   4957: .Ql != ,
                   4958: .Ql < ,
                   4959: .Ql <= ,
                   4960: .Ql >
                   4961: and
                   4962: .Ql >= .
1.714     nicm     4963: For example,
                   4964: .Ql #{e|*|f|4:5.5,3}
                   4965: multiplies 5.5 by 3 for a result with four decimal places and
                   4966: .Ql #{e|%%:7,3}
                   4967: returns the modulus of 7 and 3.
1.833     nicm     4968: .Ql a
                   4969: replaces a numeric argument by its ASCII equivalent, so
                   4970: .Ql #{a:98}
                   4971: results in
                   4972: .Ql b .
1.867     nicm     4973: .Ql c
                   4974: replaces a
                   4975: .Nm
                   4976: colour by its six-digit hexadecimal RGB value.
1.453     nicm     4977: .Pp
1.367     nicm     4978: A limit may be placed on the length of the resultant string by prefixing it
                   4979: by an
                   4980: .Ql = ,
1.479     nicm     4981: a number and a colon.
                   4982: Positive numbers count from the start of the string and negative from the end,
                   4983: so
                   4984: .Ql #{=5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     4985: will include at most the first five characters of the pane title, or
1.479     nicm     4986: .Ql #{=-5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     4987: the last five characters.
                   4988: A suffix or prefix may be given as a second argument - if provided then it is
                   4989: appended or prepended to the string if the length has been trimmed, for example
                   4990: .Ql #{=/5/...:pane_title}
                   4991: will append
                   4992: .Ql ...
                   4993: if the pane title is more than five characters.
1.698     nicm     4994: Similarly,
                   4995: .Ql p
                   4996: pads the string to a given width, for example
                   4997: .Ql #{p10:pane_title}
                   4998: will result in a width of at least 10 characters.
                   4999: A positive width pads on the left, a negative on the right.
1.791     nicm     5000: .Ql n
1.803     nicm     5001: expands to the length of the variable and
                   5002: .Ql w
                   5003: to its width when displayed, for example
1.791     nicm     5004: .Ql #{n:window_name} .
1.653     nicm     5005: .Pp
1.453     nicm     5006: Prefixing a time variable with
1.683     nicm     5007: .Ql t:\&
1.453     nicm     5008: will convert it to a string, so if
                   5009: .Ql #{window_activity}
                   5010: gives
1.454     jmc      5011: .Ql 1445765102 ,
1.453     nicm     5012: .Ql #{t:window_activity}
                   5013: gives
                   5014: .Ql Sun Oct 25 09:25:02 2015 .
1.751     nicm     5015: Adding
                   5016: .Ql p (
                   5017: .Ql `t/p` )
                   5018: will use shorter but less accurate time format for times in the past.
1.765     nicm     5019: A custom format may be given using an
                   5020: .Ql f
                   5021: suffix (note that
                   5022: .Ql %
                   5023: must be escaped as
                   5024: .Ql %%
                   5025: if the format is separately being passed through
                   5026: .Xr strftime 3 ,
                   5027: for example in the
                   5028: .Ic status-left
                   5029: option):
                   5030: .Ql #{t/f/%%H#:%%M:window_activity} ,
                   5031: see
                   5032: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   5033: .Pp
1.453     nicm     5034: The
1.683     nicm     5035: .Ql b:\&
1.453     nicm     5036: and
1.683     nicm     5037: .Ql d:\&
1.453     nicm     5038: prefixes are
                   5039: .Xr basename 3
                   5040: and
                   5041: .Xr dirname 3
                   5042: of the variable respectively.
1.683     nicm     5043: .Ql q:\&
1.610     nicm     5044: will escape
                   5045: .Xr sh 1
1.812     nicm     5046: special characters or with a
                   5047: .Ql h
1.806     nicm     5048: suffix, escape hash characters (so
                   5049: .Ql #
                   5050: becomes
1.807     nicm     5051: .Ql ## ) .
1.683     nicm     5052: .Ql E:\&
1.617     nicm     5053: will expand the format twice, for example
                   5054: .Ql #{E:status-left}
                   5055: is the result of expanding the content of the
                   5056: .Ic status-left
1.671     nicm     5057: option rather than the option itself.
1.683     nicm     5058: .Ql T:\&
1.620     nicm     5059: is like
1.683     nicm     5060: .Ql E:\&
1.620     nicm     5061: but also expands
                   5062: .Xr strftime 3
                   5063: specifiers.
1.683     nicm     5064: .Ql S:\& ,
1.916   ! nicm     5065: .Ql W:\& ,
        !          5066: .Ql P:\&
1.618     nicm     5067: or
1.916   ! nicm     5068: .Ql L:\&
        !          5069: will loop over each session, window, pane or client and insert the format once
1.619     nicm     5070: for each.
                   5071: For windows and panes, two comma-separated formats may be given:
                   5072: the second is used for the current window or active pane.
                   5073: For example, to get a list of windows formatted like the status line:
1.618     nicm     5074: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5075: #{W:#{E:window-status-format} ,#{E:window-status-current-format} }
                   5076: .Ed
1.817     nicm     5077: .Pp
                   5078: .Ql N:\&
                   5079: checks if a window (without any suffix or with the
                   5080: .Ql w
                   5081: suffix) or a session (with the
                   5082: .Ql s
                   5083: suffix) name exists, for example
                   5084: .Ql `N/w:foo`
                   5085: is replaced with 1 if a window named
                   5086: .Ql foo
                   5087: exists.
1.625     nicm     5088: .Pp
1.461     nicm     5089: A prefix of the form
1.683     nicm     5090: .Ql s/foo/bar/:\&
1.461     nicm     5091: will substitute
                   5092: .Ql foo
                   5093: with
                   5094: .Ql bar
                   5095: throughout.
1.916   ! nicm     5096: The first argument may be an extended regular expression and a final argument
        !          5097: may be
1.664     nicm     5098: .Ql i
                   5099: to ignore case, for example
1.683     nicm     5100: .Ql s/a(.)/\e1x/i:\&
1.664     nicm     5101: would change
                   5102: .Ql abABab
                   5103: into
                   5104: .Ql bxBxbx .
1.907     nicm     5105: A different delimiter character may also be used, to avoid collisions with
                   5106: literal slashes in the pattern.
                   5107: For example,
1.916   ! nicm     5108: .Ql s|foo/|bar/|:\&
1.907     nicm     5109: will substitute
                   5110: .Ql foo/
                   5111: with
                   5112: .Ql bar/
                   5113: throughout.
1.431     nicm     5114: .Pp
1.671     nicm     5115: In addition, the last line of a shell command's output may be inserted using
1.431     nicm     5116: .Ql #() .
                   5117: For example,
                   5118: .Ql #(uptime)
                   5119: will insert the system's uptime.
                   5120: When constructing formats,
                   5121: .Nm
                   5122: does not wait for
                   5123: .Ql #()
1.916   ! nicm     5124: commands to finish; instead, the previous result from running the same command
        !          5125: is used, or a placeholder if the command has not been run before.
        !          5126: If the command hasn't exited, the most recent line of output will be used, but
        !          5127: the status line will not be updated more than once a second.
1.874     nicm     5128: Commands are executed using
                   5129: .Pa /bin/sh
                   5130: and with the
1.431     nicm     5131: .Nm
                   5132: global environment set (see the
1.644     schwarze 5133: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.431     nicm     5134: section).
1.671     nicm     5135: .Pp
                   5136: An
                   5137: .Ql l
                   5138: specifies that a string should be interpreted literally and not expanded.
                   5139: For example
                   5140: .Ql #{l:#{?pane_in_mode,yes,no}}
                   5141: will be replaced by
                   5142: .Ql #{?pane_in_mode,yes,no} .
1.245     nicm     5143: .Pp
                   5144: The following variables are available, where appropriate:
1.359     nicm     5145: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "XXXXX"
                   5146: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Alias" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
1.824     nicm     5147: .It Li "active_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of active window in session"
1.678     nicm     5148: .It Li "alternate_on" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in alternate screen"
1.359     nicm     5149: .It Li "alternate_saved_x" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor X in alternate screen"
                   5150: .It Li "alternate_saved_y" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor Y in alternate screen"
1.572     nicm     5151: .It Li "buffer_created" Ta "" Ta "Time buffer created"
1.490     nicm     5152: .It Li "buffer_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of buffer"
1.386     nicm     5153: .It Li "buffer_sample" Ta "" Ta "Sample of start of buffer"
1.359     nicm     5154: .It Li "buffer_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of the specified buffer in bytes"
1.572     nicm     5155: .It Li "client_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time client last had activity"
1.699     nicm     5156: .It Li "client_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each client cell in pixels"
                   5157: .It Li "client_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each client cell in pixels"
1.646     nicm     5158: .It Li "client_control_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is in control mode"
1.572     nicm     5159: .It Li "client_created" Ta "" Ta "Time client created"
1.542     nicm     5160: .It Li "client_discarded" Ta "" Ta "Bytes discarded when client behind"
1.762     nicm     5161: .It Li "client_flags" Ta "" Ta "List of client flags"
1.359     nicm     5162: .It Li "client_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of client"
1.451     nicm     5163: .It Li "client_key_table" Ta "" Ta "Current key table"
1.359     nicm     5164: .It Li "client_last_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's last session"
1.540     nicm     5165: .It Li "client_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of client"
1.437     nicm     5166: .It Li "client_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of client process"
1.359     nicm     5167: .It Li "client_prefix" Ta "" Ta "1 if prefix key has been pressed"
1.888     nicm     5168: .It Li "client_readonly" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is read-only"
1.359     nicm     5169: .It Li "client_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's session"
1.822     nicm     5170: .It Li "client_termfeatures" Ta "" Ta "Terminal features of client, if any"
1.359     nicm     5171: .It Li "client_termname" Ta "" Ta "Terminal name of client"
1.754     nicm     5172: .It Li "client_termtype" Ta "" Ta "Terminal type of client, if available"
1.359     nicm     5173: .It Li "client_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of client"
1.880     nicm     5174: .It Li "client_uid" Ta "" Ta "UID of client process"
                   5175: .It Li "client_user" Ta "" Ta "User of client process"
1.699     nicm     5176: .It Li "client_utf8" Ta "" Ta "1 if client supports UTF-8"
1.359     nicm     5177: .It Li "client_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of client"
1.541     nicm     5178: .It Li "client_written" Ta "" Ta "Bytes written to client"
1.509     nicm     5179: .It Li "command" Ta "" Ta "Name of command in use, if any"
1.646     nicm     5180: .It Li "command_list_alias" Ta "" Ta "Command alias if listing commands"
1.489     nicm     5181: .It Li "command_list_name" Ta "" Ta "Command name if listing commands"
                   5182: .It Li "command_list_usage" Ta "" Ta "Command usage if listing commands"
1.824     nicm     5183: .It Li "config_files" Ta "" Ta "List of configuration files loaded"
1.692     nicm     5184: .It Li "copy_cursor_line" Ta "" Ta "Line the cursor is on in copy mode"
                   5185: .It Li "copy_cursor_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5186: .It Li "copy_cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in copy mode"
                   5187: .It Li "copy_cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in copy mode"
1.832     nicm     5188: .It Li "current_file" Ta "" Ta "Current configuration file"
1.646     nicm     5189: .It Li "cursor_character" Ta "" Ta "Character at cursor in pane"
1.359     nicm     5190: .It Li "cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane cursor flag"
                   5191: .It Li "cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in pane"
                   5192: .It Li "cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in pane"
                   5193: .It Li "history_bytes" Ta "" Ta "Number of bytes in window history"
                   5194: .It Li "history_limit" Ta "" Ta "Maximum window history lines"
1.581     nicm     5195: .It Li "history_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of history in lines"
1.509     nicm     5196: .It Li "hook" Ta "" Ta "Name of running hook, if any"
1.851     nicm     5197: .It Li "hook_client" Ta "" Ta "Name of client where hook was run, if any"
1.511     nicm     5198: .It Li "hook_pane" Ta "" Ta "ID of pane where hook was run, if any"
1.510     nicm     5199: .It Li "hook_session" Ta "" Ta "ID of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5200: .It Li "hook_session_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5201: .It Li "hook_window" Ta "" Ta "ID of window where hook was run, if any"
                   5202: .It Li "hook_window_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of window where hook was run, if any"
1.359     nicm     5203: .It Li "host" Ta "#H" Ta "Hostname of local host"
                   5204: .It Li "host_short" Ta "#h" Ta "Hostname of local host (no domain name)"
                   5205: .It Li "insert_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane insert flag"
                   5206: .It Li "keypad_cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad cursor flag"
                   5207: .It Li "keypad_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad flag"
1.824     nicm     5208: .It Li "last_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of last window in session"
1.359     nicm     5209: .It Li "line" Ta "" Ta "Line number in the list"
1.646     nicm     5210: .It Li "mouse_all_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse all flag"
1.359     nicm     5211: .It Li "mouse_any_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse any flag"
                   5212: .It Li "mouse_button_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse button flag"
1.894     nicm     5213: .It Li "mouse_hyperlink" Ta "" Ta "Hyperlink under mouse, if any"
1.676     nicm     5214: .It Li "mouse_line" Ta "" Ta "Line under mouse, if any"
                   5215: .It Li "mouse_sgr_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse SGR flag"
1.359     nicm     5216: .It Li "mouse_standard_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse standard flag"
1.676     nicm     5217: .It Li "mouse_utf8_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse UTF-8 flag"
                   5218: .It Li "mouse_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under mouse, if any"
1.654     nicm     5219: .It Li "mouse_x" Ta "" Ta "Mouse X position, if any"
                   5220: .It Li "mouse_y" Ta "" Ta "Mouse Y position, if any"
1.879     nicm     5221: .It Li "next_session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID for next new session"
1.676     nicm     5222: .It Li "origin_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane origin flag"
1.359     nicm     5223: .It Li "pane_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if active pane"
1.570     nicm     5224: .It Li "pane_at_bottom" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the bottom of window"
                   5225: .It Li "pane_at_left" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the left of window"
                   5226: .It Li "pane_at_right" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the right of window"
                   5227: .It Li "pane_at_top" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the top of window"
1.822     nicm     5228: .It Li "pane_bg" Ta "" Ta "Pane background colour"
1.396     nicm     5229: .It Li "pane_bottom" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of pane"
1.359     nicm     5230: .It Li "pane_current_command" Ta "" Ta "Current command if available"
1.733     nicm     5231: .It Li "pane_current_path" Ta "" Ta "Current path if available"
1.359     nicm     5232: .It Li "pane_dead" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is dead"
1.882     nicm     5233: .It Li "pane_dead_signal" Ta "" Ta "Exit signal of process in dead pane"
1.411     nicm     5234: .It Li "pane_dead_status" Ta "" Ta "Exit status of process in dead pane"
1.882     nicm     5235: .It Li "pane_dead_time" Ta "" Ta "Exit time of process in dead pane"
1.822     nicm     5236: .It Li "pane_fg" Ta "" Ta "Pane foreground colour"
1.696     nicm     5237: .It Li "pane_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a pane"
1.359     nicm     5238: .It Li "pane_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of pane"
                   5239: .It Li "pane_id" Ta "#D" Ta "Unique pane ID"
1.678     nicm     5240: .It Li "pane_in_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in a mode"
1.646     nicm     5241: .It Li "pane_index" Ta "#P" Ta "Index of pane"
1.678     nicm     5242: .It Li "pane_input_off" Ta "" Ta "1 if input to pane is disabled"
1.792     nicm     5243: .It Li "pane_last" Ta "" Ta "1 if last pane"
1.396     nicm     5244: .It Li "pane_left" Ta "" Ta "Left of pane"
1.650     nicm     5245: .It Li "pane_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this is the marked pane"
                   5246: .It Li "pane_marked_set" Ta "" Ta "1 if a marked pane is set"
1.678     nicm     5247: .It Li "pane_mode" Ta "" Ta "Name of pane mode, if any"
1.761     nicm     5248: .It Li "pane_path" Ta "" Ta "Path of pane (can be set by application)"
1.359     nicm     5249: .It Li "pane_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of first process in pane"
1.567     nicm     5250: .It Li "pane_pipe" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is being piped"
1.396     nicm     5251: .It Li "pane_right" Ta "" Ta "Right of pane"
1.546     nicm     5252: .It Li "pane_search_string" Ta "" Ta "Last search string in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5253: .It Li "pane_start_command" Ta "" Ta "Command pane started with"
1.890     nicm     5254: .It Li "pane_start_path" Ta "" Ta "Path pane started with"
1.678     nicm     5255: .It Li "pane_synchronized" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is synchronized"
1.359     nicm     5256: .It Li "pane_tabs" Ta "" Ta "Pane tab positions"
1.696     nicm     5257: .It Li "pane_title" Ta "#T" Ta "Title of pane (can be set by application)"
1.396     nicm     5258: .It Li "pane_top" Ta "" Ta "Top of pane"
1.359     nicm     5259: .It Li "pane_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of pane"
                   5260: .It Li "pane_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of pane"
1.721     nicm     5261: .It Li "pid" Ta "" Ta "Server PID"
1.606     nicm     5262: .It Li "rectangle_toggle" Ta "" Ta "1 if rectangle selection is activated"
1.646     nicm     5263: .It Li "scroll_position" Ta "" Ta "Scroll position in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5264: .It Li "scroll_region_lower" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of scroll region in pane"
                   5265: .It Li "scroll_region_upper" Ta "" Ta "Top of scroll region in pane"
1.824     nicm     5266: .It Li "search_match" Ta "" Ta "Search match if any"
1.782     nicm     5267: .It Li "search_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if search started in copy mode"
1.713     nicm     5268: .It Li "selection_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started and changes with the cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5269: .It Li "selection_end_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the end of the selection"
                   5270: .It Li "selection_end_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the end of the selection"
1.571     nicm     5271: .It Li "selection_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5272: .It Li "selection_start_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the start of the selection"
                   5273: .It Li "selection_start_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the start of the selection"
1.646     nicm     5274: .It Li "session_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of session last activity"
1.430     nicm     5275: .It Li "session_alerts" Ta "" Ta "List of window indexes with alerts"
1.382     nicm     5276: .It Li "session_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients session is attached to"
1.702     nicm     5277: .It Li "session_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients session is attached to"
1.572     nicm     5278: .It Li "session_created" Ta "" Ta "Time session created"
1.696     nicm     5279: .It Li "session_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a session"
1.536     nicm     5280: .It Li "session_group" Ta "" Ta "Name of session group"
1.702     nicm     5281: .It Li "session_group_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients sessions in group are attached to"
                   5282: .It Li "session_group_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients sessions in group are attached to"
1.646     nicm     5283: .It Li "session_group_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions in group"
1.702     nicm     5284: .It Li "session_group_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached to sessions in group"
1.586     nicm     5285: .It Li "session_group_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of session group"
1.359     nicm     5286: .It Li "session_grouped" Ta "" Ta "1 if session in a group"
                   5287: .It Li "session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID"
1.646     nicm     5288: .It Li "session_last_attached" Ta "" Ta "Time session last attached"
1.382     nicm     5289: .It Li "session_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached"
1.748     nicm     5290: .It Li "session_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this session contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5291: .It Li "session_name" Ta "#S" Ta "Name of session"
1.725     nicm     5292: .It Li "session_path" Ta "" Ta "Working directory of session"
1.548     nicm     5293: .It Li "session_stack" Ta "" Ta "Window indexes in most recent order"
1.359     nicm     5294: .It Li "session_windows" Ta "" Ta "Number of windows in session"
1.487     nicm     5295: .It Li "socket_path" Ta "" Ta "Server socket path"
1.465     nicm     5296: .It Li "start_time" Ta "" Ta "Server start time"
1.880     nicm     5297: .It Li "uid" Ta "" Ta "Server UID"
                   5298: .It Li "user" Ta "" Ta "Server user"
1.708     nicm     5299: .It Li "version" Ta "" Ta "Server version"
1.646     nicm     5300: .It Li "window_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if window active"
1.702     nicm     5301: .It Li "window_active_clients" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients viewing this window"
                   5302: .It Li "window_active_clients_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients viewing this window"
                   5303: .It Li "window_active_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions on which this window is active"
                   5304: .It Li "window_active_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions on which this window is active"
1.572     nicm     5305: .It Li "window_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of window last activity"
1.487     nicm     5306: .It Li "window_activity_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has activity"
1.366     nicm     5307: .It Li "window_bell_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has bell"
1.642     nicm     5308: .It Li "window_bigger" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is larger than client"
1.700     nicm     5309: .It Li "window_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each cell in pixels"
                   5310: .It Li "window_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each cell in pixels"
1.621     nicm     5311: .It Li "window_end_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the highest index"
1.812     nicm     5312: .It Li "window_flags" Ta "#F" Ta "Window flags with # escaped as ##"
1.696     nicm     5313: .It Li "window_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a window"
1.359     nicm     5314: .It Li "window_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of window"
                   5315: .It Li "window_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique window ID"
                   5316: .It Li "window_index" Ta "#I" Ta "Index of window"
1.400     nicm     5317: .It Li "window_last_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is the last used"
1.460     nicm     5318: .It Li "window_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, ignoring zoomed window panes"
1.426     nicm     5319: .It Li "window_linked" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is linked across sessions"
1.702     nicm     5320: .It Li "window_linked_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions this window is linked to"
                   5321: .It Li "window_linked_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions this window is linked to"
1.687     nicm     5322: .It Li "window_marked_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5323: .It Li "window_name" Ta "#W" Ta "Name of window"
1.642     nicm     5324: .It Li "window_offset_x" Ta "" Ta "X offset into window if larger than client"
                   5325: .It Li "window_offset_y" Ta "" Ta "Y offset into window if larger than client"
1.359     nicm     5326: .It Li "window_panes" Ta "" Ta "Number of panes in window"
1.880     nicm     5327: .It Li "window_raw_flags" Ta "" Ta "Window flags with nothing escaped"
1.366     nicm     5328: .It Li "window_silence_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has silence alert"
1.548     nicm     5329: .It Li "window_stack_index" Ta "" Ta "Index in session most recent stack"
1.621     nicm     5330: .It Li "window_start_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the lowest index"
1.460     nicm     5331: .It Li "window_visible_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, respecting zoomed window panes"
1.359     nicm     5332: .It Li "window_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of window"
1.400     nicm     5333: .It Li "window_zoomed_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is zoomed"
1.359     nicm     5334: .It Li "wrap_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane wrap flag"
1.245     nicm     5335: .El
1.623     nicm     5336: .Sh STYLES
                   5337: .Nm
                   5338: offers various options to specify the colour and attributes of aspects of the
                   5339: interface, for example
                   5340: .Ic status-style
                   5341: for the status line.
                   5342: In addition, embedded styles may be specified in format options, such as
1.701     nicm     5343: .Ic status-left ,
1.623     nicm     5344: by enclosing them in
                   5345: .Ql #[
                   5346: and
1.639     nicm     5347: .Ql \&] .
1.623     nicm     5348: .Pp
                   5349: A style may be the single term
                   5350: .Ql default
1.688     nicm     5351: to specify the default style (which may come from an option, for example
                   5352: .Ic status-style
                   5353: in the status line) or a space
1.630     nicm     5354: or comma separated list of the following:
1.623     nicm     5355: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   5356: .It Ic fg=colour
                   5357: Set the foreground colour.
                   5358: The colour is one of:
                   5359: .Ic black ,
                   5360: .Ic red ,
                   5361: .Ic green ,
                   5362: .Ic yellow ,
                   5363: .Ic blue ,
                   5364: .Ic magenta ,
                   5365: .Ic cyan ,
                   5366: .Ic white ;
                   5367: if supported the bright variants
                   5368: .Ic brightred ,
                   5369: .Ic brightgreen ,
                   5370: .Ic brightyellow ;
                   5371: .Ic colour0
                   5372: to
                   5373: .Ic colour255
                   5374: from the 256-colour set;
                   5375: .Ic default
                   5376: for the default colour;
                   5377: .Ic terminal
                   5378: for the terminal default colour; or a hexadecimal RGB string such as
                   5379: .Ql #ffffff .
                   5380: .It Ic bg=colour
                   5381: Set the background colour.
                   5382: .It Ic none
                   5383: Set no attributes (turn off any active attributes).
1.752     nicm     5384: .It Xo Ic acs ,
                   5385: .Ic bright
1.625     nicm     5386: (or
                   5387: .Ic bold ) ,
1.623     nicm     5388: .Ic dim ,
                   5389: .Ic underscore ,
                   5390: .Ic blink ,
                   5391: .Ic reverse ,
                   5392: .Ic hidden ,
                   5393: .Ic italics ,
1.649     nicm     5394: .Ic overline ,
1.623     nicm     5395: .Ic strikethrough ,
                   5396: .Ic double-underscore ,
                   5397: .Ic curly-underscore ,
                   5398: .Ic dotted-underscore ,
                   5399: .Ic dashed-underscore
                   5400: .Xc
                   5401: Set an attribute.
                   5402: Any of the attributes may be prefixed with
                   5403: .Ql no
                   5404: to unset.
1.752     nicm     5405: .Ic acs
                   5406: is the terminal alternate character set.
1.625     nicm     5407: .It Xo Ic align=left
                   5408: (or
                   5409: .Ic noalign ) ,
                   5410: .Ic align=centre ,
                   5411: .Ic align=right
                   5412: .Xc
                   5413: Align text to the left, centre or right of the available space if appropriate.
1.675     nicm     5414: .It Ic fill=colour
1.674     nicm     5415: Fill the available space with a background colour if appropriate.
1.625     nicm     5416: .It Xo Ic list=on ,
                   5417: .Ic list=focus ,
                   5418: .Ic list=left-marker ,
1.661     nicm     5419: .Ic list=right-marker ,
1.625     nicm     5420: .Ic nolist
                   5421: .Xc
                   5422: Mark the position of the various window list components in the
                   5423: .Ic status-format
                   5424: option:
                   5425: .Ic list=on
                   5426: marks the start of the list;
                   5427: .Ic list=focus
1.916   ! nicm     5428: is the part of the list that should be kept in focus if the entire list won't
        !          5429: fit in the available space (typically the current window);
1.625     nicm     5430: .Ic list=left-marker
                   5431: and
                   5432: .Ic list=right-marker
                   5433: mark the text to be used to mark that text has been trimmed from the left or
                   5434: right of the list if there is not enough space.
1.688     nicm     5435: .It Xo Ic push-default ,
                   5436: .Ic pop-default
                   5437: .Xc
                   5438: Store the current colours and attributes as the default or reset to the previous
                   5439: default.
                   5440: A
                   5441: .Ic push-default
                   5442: affects any subsequent use of the
                   5443: .Ic default
                   5444: term until a
                   5445: .Ic pop-default .
                   5446: Only one default may be pushed (each
                   5447: .Ic push-default
                   5448: replaces the previous saved default).
1.625     nicm     5449: .It Xo Ic range=left ,
                   5450: .Ic range=right ,
                   5451: .Ic range=window|X ,
                   5452: .Ic norange
                   5453: .Xc
                   5454: Mark a range in the
1.651     nicm     5455: .Ic status-format
1.625     nicm     5456: option.
                   5457: .Ic range=left
                   5458: and
                   5459: .Ic range=right
                   5460: are the text used for the
                   5461: .Ql StatusLeft
                   5462: and
                   5463: .Ql StatusRight
                   5464: mouse keys.
                   5465: .Ic range=window|X
                   5466: is the range for a window passed to the
                   5467: .Ql Status
                   5468: mouse key, where
                   5469: .Ql X
                   5470: is a window index.
1.623     nicm     5471: .El
                   5472: .Pp
                   5473: Examples are:
                   5474: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.630     nicm     5475: fg=yellow bold underscore blink
1.623     nicm     5476: bg=black,fg=default,noreverse
                   5477: .Ed
1.261     nicm     5478: .Sh NAMES AND TITLES
                   5479: .Nm
                   5480: distinguishes between names and titles.
                   5481: Windows and sessions have names, which may be used to specify them in targets
                   5482: and are displayed in the status line and various lists: the name is the
                   5483: .Nm
                   5484: identifier for a window or session.
                   5485: Only panes have titles.
1.577     nicm     5486: A pane's title is typically set by the program running inside the pane using
                   5487: an escape sequence (like it would set the
1.261     nicm     5488: .Xr xterm 1
1.577     nicm     5489: window title in
1.578     nicm     5490: .Xr X 7 ) .
1.268     nicm     5491: Windows themselves do not have titles - a window's title is the title of its
1.261     nicm     5492: active pane.
                   5493: .Nm
                   5494: itself may set the title of the terminal in which the client is running, see
                   5495: the
                   5496: .Ic set-titles
                   5497: option.
                   5498: .Pp
                   5499: A session's name is set with the
                   5500: .Ic new-session
                   5501: and
                   5502: .Ic rename-session
                   5503: commands.
                   5504: A window's name is set with one of:
                   5505: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   5506: .It
                   5507: A command argument (such as
                   5508: .Fl n
                   5509: for
                   5510: .Ic new-window
                   5511: or
                   5512: .Ic new-session ) .
                   5513: .It
1.597     nicm     5514: An escape sequence (if the
                   5515: .Ic allow-rename
                   5516: option is turned on):
1.261     nicm     5517: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5518: $ printf '\e033kWINDOW_NAME\e033\e\e'
                   5519: .Ed
                   5520: .It
                   5521: Automatic renaming, which sets the name to the active command in the window's
                   5522: active pane.
                   5523: See the
                   5524: .Ic automatic-rename
                   5525: option.
                   5526: .El
                   5527: .Pp
                   5528: When a pane is first created, its title is the hostname.
1.612     nicm     5529: A pane's title can be set via the title setting escape sequence, for example:
1.261     nicm     5530: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5531: $ printf '\e033]2;My Title\e033\e\e'
                   5532: .Ed
1.577     nicm     5533: .Pp
                   5534: It can also be modified with the
                   5535: .Ic select-pane
                   5536: .Fl T
                   5537: command.
1.644     schwarze 5538: .Sh GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.63      nicm     5539: When the server is started,
                   5540: .Nm
                   5541: copies the environment into the
                   5542: .Em global environment ;
                   5543: in addition, each session has a
                   5544: .Em session environment .
1.193     nicm     5545: When a window is created, the session and global environments are merged.
                   5546: If a variable exists in both, the value from the session environment is used.
                   5547: The result is the initial environment passed to the new process.
1.63      nicm     5548: .Pp
                   5549: The
                   5550: .Ic update-environment
                   5551: session option may be used to update the session environment from the client
                   5552: when a new session is created or an old reattached.
                   5553: .Nm
                   5554: also initialises the
                   5555: .Ev TMUX
                   5556: variable with some internal information to allow commands to be executed
                   5557: from inside, and the
                   5558: .Ev TERM
                   5559: variable with the correct terminal setting of
                   5560: .Ql screen .
                   5561: .Pp
1.728     nicm     5562: Variables in both session and global environments may be marked as hidden.
                   5563: Hidden variables are not passed into the environment of new processes and
                   5564: instead can only be used by tmux itself (for example in formats, see the
                   5565: .Sx FORMATS
                   5566: section).
                   5567: .Pp
1.63      nicm     5568: Commands to alter and view the environment are:
                   5569: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       5570: .Tg setenv
1.63      nicm     5571: .It Xo Ic set-environment
1.793     nicm     5572: .Op Fl Fhgru
1.63      nicm     5573: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   5574: .Ar name Op Ar value
                   5575: .Xc
1.870     kn       5576: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setenv
1.63      nicm     5577: Set or unset an environment variable.
                   5578: If
                   5579: .Fl g
                   5580: is used, the change is made in the global environment; otherwise, it is applied
                   5581: to the session environment for
                   5582: .Ar target-session .
1.793     nicm     5583: If
                   5584: .Fl F
                   5585: is present, then
                   5586: .Ar value
                   5587: is expanded as a format.
1.63      nicm     5588: The
                   5589: .Fl u
                   5590: flag unsets a variable.
                   5591: .Fl r
                   5592: indicates the variable is to be removed from the environment before starting a
                   5593: new process.
1.728     nicm     5594: .Fl h
                   5595: marks the variable as hidden.
1.858     kn       5596: .Tg showenv
1.63      nicm     5597: .It Xo Ic show-environment
1.728     nicm     5598: .Op Fl hgs
1.63      nicm     5599: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.286     nicm     5600: .Op Ar variable
1.63      nicm     5601: .Xc
1.870     kn       5602: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showenv
1.63      nicm     5603: Display the environment for
                   5604: .Ar target-session
                   5605: or the global environment with
                   5606: .Fl g .
1.286     nicm     5607: If
                   5608: .Ar variable
                   5609: is omitted, all variables are shown.
1.63      nicm     5610: Variables removed from the environment are prefixed with
                   5611: .Ql - .
1.442     nicm     5612: If
                   5613: .Fl s
                   5614: is used, the output is formatted as a set of Bourne shell commands.
1.728     nicm     5615: .Fl h
                   5616: shows hidden variables (omitted by default).
1.57      jmc      5617: .El
                   5618: .Sh STATUS LINE
                   5619: .Nm
                   5620: includes an optional status line which is displayed in the bottom line of each
                   5621: terminal.
1.626     nicm     5622: .Pp
                   5623: By default, the status line is enabled and one line in height (it may be
                   5624: disabled or made multiple lines with the
1.57      jmc      5625: .Ic status
                   5626: session option) and contains, from left-to-right: the name of the current
1.261     nicm     5627: session in square brackets; the window list; the title of the active pane
                   5628: in double quotes; and the time and date.
1.57      jmc      5629: .Pp
1.626     nicm     5630: Each line of the status line is configured with the
                   5631: .Ic status-format
                   5632: option.
                   5633: The default is made of three parts: configurable left and right sections (which
                   5634: may contain dynamic content such as the time or output from a shell command,
                   5635: see the
1.57      jmc      5636: .Ic status-left ,
                   5637: .Ic status-left-length ,
                   5638: .Ic status-right ,
                   5639: and
                   5640: .Ic status-right-length
                   5641: options below), and a central window list.
1.125     nicm     5642: By default, the window list shows the index, name and (if any) flag of the
                   5643: windows present in the current session in ascending numerical order.
                   5644: It may be customised with the
                   5645: .Ar window-status-format
                   5646: and
                   5647: .Ar window-status-current-format
                   5648: options.
1.57      jmc      5649: The flag is one of the following symbols appended to the window name:
                   5650: .Bl -column "Symbol" "Meaning" -offset indent
                   5651: .It Sy "Symbol" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                   5652: .It Li "*" Ta "Denotes the current window."
                   5653: .It Li "-" Ta "Marks the last window (previously selected)."
1.574     nicm     5654: .It Li "#" Ta "Window activity is monitored and activity has been detected."
                   5655: .It Li "\&!" Ta "Window bells are monitored and a bell has occurred in the window."
1.192     nicm     5656: .It Li "~" Ta "The window has been silent for the monitor-silence interval."
1.432     nicm     5657: .It Li "M" Ta "The window contains the marked pane."
1.349     nicm     5658: .It Li "Z" Ta "The window's active pane is zoomed."
1.57      jmc      5659: .El
                   5660: .Pp
                   5661: The # symbol relates to the
                   5662: .Ic monitor-activity
1.388     nicm     5663: window option.
1.57      jmc      5664: The window name is printed in inverted colours if an alert (bell, activity or
1.388     nicm     5665: silence) is present.
1.57      jmc      5666: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5667: The colour and attributes of the status line may be configured, the entire
                   5668: status line using the
1.378     nicm     5669: .Ic status-style
                   5670: session option and individual windows using the
                   5671: .Ic window-status-style
                   5672: window option.
1.57      jmc      5673: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5674: The status line is automatically refreshed at interval if it has changed, the
                   5675: interval may be controlled with the
1.57      jmc      5676: .Ic status-interval
                   5677: session option.
                   5678: .Pp
                   5679: Commands related to the status line are as follows:
                   5680: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.887     nicm     5681: .Tg clearphist
1.839     nicm     5682: .It Xo Ic clear-prompt-history
                   5683: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   5684: .Xc
1.887     nicm     5685: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearphist
1.839     nicm     5686: Clear status prompt history for prompt type
                   5687: .Ar prompt-type .
                   5688: If
                   5689: .Fl T
                   5690: is omitted, then clear history for all types.
                   5691: See
                   5692: .Ic command-prompt
                   5693: for possible values for
                   5694: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      5695: .It Xo Ic command-prompt
1.852     nicm     5696: .Op Fl 1bFikN
1.235     nicm     5697: .Op Fl I Ar inputs
1.73      nicm     5698: .Op Fl p Ar prompts
1.57      jmc      5699: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.839     nicm     5700: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
1.57      jmc      5701: .Op Ar template
                   5702: .Xc
                   5703: Open the command prompt in a client.
                   5704: This may be used from inside
                   5705: .Nm
                   5706: to execute commands interactively.
1.231     nicm     5707: .Pp
1.57      jmc      5708: If
                   5709: .Ar template
1.73      nicm     5710: is specified, it is used as the command.
1.840     nicm     5711: With
                   5712: .Fl F ,
                   5713: .Ar template
                   5714: is expanded as a format.
                   5715: .Pp
1.235     nicm     5716: If present,
                   5717: .Fl I
                   5718: is a comma-separated list of the initial text for each prompt.
1.73      nicm     5719: If
                   5720: .Fl p
                   5721: is given,
                   5722: .Ar prompts
                   5723: is a comma-separated list of prompts which are displayed in order; otherwise
                   5724: a single prompt is displayed, constructed from
                   5725: .Ar template
                   5726: if it is present, or
                   5727: .Ql \&:
                   5728: if not.
1.231     nicm     5729: .Pp
1.73      nicm     5730: Before the command is executed, the first occurrence of the string
                   5731: .Ql %%
1.74      jmc      5732: and all occurrences of
1.73      nicm     5733: .Ql %1
1.492     nicm     5734: are replaced by the response to the first prompt, all
1.73      nicm     5735: .Ql %2
                   5736: are replaced with the response to the second prompt, and so on for further
1.74      jmc      5737: prompts.
                   5738: Up to nine prompt responses may be replaced
                   5739: .Po
                   5740: .Ql %1
1.73      nicm     5741: to
1.74      jmc      5742: .Ql %9
                   5743: .Pc .
1.513     nicm     5744: .Ql %%%
                   5745: is like
                   5746: .Ql %%
                   5747: but any quotation marks are escaped.
1.497     nicm     5748: .Pp
                   5749: .Fl 1
                   5750: makes the prompt only accept one key press, in this case the resulting input
                   5751: is a single character.
1.706     nicm     5752: .Fl k
                   5753: is like
                   5754: .Fl 1
                   5755: but the key press is translated to a key name.
1.678     nicm     5756: .Fl N
                   5757: makes the prompt only accept numeric key presses.
1.517     nicm     5758: .Fl i
                   5759: executes the command every time the prompt input changes instead of when the
                   5760: user exits the command prompt.
1.839     nicm     5761: .Pp
1.758     nicm     5762: .Fl T
                   5763: tells
                   5764: .Nm
1.839     nicm     5765: the prompt type.
                   5766: This affects what completions are offered when
1.758     nicm     5767: .Em Tab
1.839     nicm     5768: is pressed.
                   5769: Available types are:
                   5770: .Ql command ,
                   5771: .Ql search ,
                   5772: .Ql target
                   5773: and
                   5774: .Ql window-target .
1.500     nicm     5775: .Pp
                   5776: The following keys have a special meaning in the command prompt, depending
                   5777: on the value of the
                   5778: .Ic status-keys
                   5779: option:
                   5780: .Bl -column "FunctionXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXX" "emacsX" -offset indent
                   5781: .It Sy "Function" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
1.715     nicm     5782: .It Li "Cancel command prompt" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
1.678     nicm     5783: .It Li "Delete from cursor to start of word" Ta "" Ta "C-w"
1.500     nicm     5784: .It Li "Delete entire command" Ta "d" Ta "C-u"
                   5785: .It Li "Delete from cursor to end" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
                   5786: .It Li "Execute command" Ta "Enter" Ta "Enter"
                   5787: .It Li "Get next command from history" Ta "" Ta "Down"
                   5788: .It Li "Get previous command from history" Ta "" Ta "Up"
                   5789: .It Li "Insert top paste buffer" Ta "p" Ta "C-y"
                   5790: .It Li "Look for completions" Ta "Tab" Ta "Tab"
                   5791: .It Li "Move cursor left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   5792: .It Li "Move cursor right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   5793: .It Li "Move cursor to end" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   5794: .It Li "Move cursor to next word" Ta "w" Ta "M-f"
                   5795: .It Li "Move cursor to previous word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
                   5796: .It Li "Move cursor to start" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
                   5797: .It Li "Transpose characters" Ta "" Ta "C-t"
1.854     nicm     5798: .El
1.852     nicm     5799: .Pp
                   5800: With
                   5801: .Fl b ,
                   5802: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   5803: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       5804: .Tg confirm
1.57      jmc      5805: .It Xo Ic confirm-before
1.848     nicm     5806: .Op Fl b
1.238     nicm     5807: .Op Fl p Ar prompt
1.57      jmc      5808: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   5809: .Ar command
                   5810: .Xc
1.870     kn       5811: .D1 Pq alias: Ic confirm
1.57      jmc      5812: Ask for confirmation before executing
                   5813: .Ar command .
1.238     nicm     5814: If
                   5815: .Fl p
                   5816: is given,
                   5817: .Ar prompt
                   5818: is the prompt to display; otherwise a prompt is constructed from
                   5819: .Ar command .
                   5820: It may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   5821: .Ic status-left
                   5822: option.
1.848     nicm     5823: With
                   5824: .Fl b ,
1.852     nicm     5825: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   5826: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       5827: .Tg menu
1.646     nicm     5828: .It Xo Ic display-menu
1.800     nicm     5829: .Op Fl O
1.646     nicm     5830: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   5831: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.912     nicm     5832: .Op Fl S Ar starting-choice
1.646     nicm     5833: .Op Fl T Ar title
                   5834: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   5835: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.657     nicm     5836: .Ar name
                   5837: .Ar key
1.910     kn       5838: .Ar command Op Ar argument ...
1.646     nicm     5839: .Xc
1.870     kn       5840: .D1 Pq alias: Ic menu
1.646     nicm     5841: Display a menu on
                   5842: .Ar target-client .
                   5843: .Ar target-pane
                   5844: gives the target for any commands run from the menu.
                   5845: .Pp
1.657     nicm     5846: A menu is passed as a series of arguments: first the menu item name,
                   5847: second the key shortcut (or empty for none) and third the command
                   5848: to run when the menu item is chosen.
                   5849: The name and command are formats, see the
1.646     nicm     5850: .Sx FORMATS
                   5851: and
                   5852: .Sx STYLES
                   5853: sections.
1.658     nicm     5854: If the name begins with a hyphen (-), then the item is disabled (shown dim) and
                   5855: may not be chosen.
1.657     nicm     5856: The name may be empty for a separator line, in which case both the key and
                   5857: command should be omitted.
1.646     nicm     5858: .Pp
                   5859: .Fl T
                   5860: is a format for the menu title (see
                   5861: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.912     nicm     5862: .Fl S
                   5863: sets the menu item selected by default, if the menu is not bound to a mouse key
                   5864: binding.
1.646     nicm     5865: .Pp
                   5866: .Fl x
                   5867: and
                   5868: .Fl y
                   5869: give the position of the menu.
                   5870: Both may be a row or column number, or one of the following special values:
                   5871: .Bl -column "XXXXX" "XXXX" -offset indent
                   5872: .It Sy "Value" Ta Sy "Flag" Ta Sy "Meaning"
1.719     nicm     5873: .It Li "C" Ta "Both" Ta "The centre of the terminal"
1.646     nicm     5874: .It Li "R" Ta Fl x Ta "The right side of the terminal"
                   5875: .It Li "P" Ta "Both" Ta "The bottom left of the pane"
                   5876: .It Li "M" Ta "Both" Ta "The mouse position"
1.730     nicm     5877: .It Li "W" Ta "Both" Ta "The window position on the status line"
1.646     nicm     5878: .It Li "S" Ta Fl y Ta "The line above or below the status line"
1.802     nicm     5879: .El
                   5880: .Pp
                   5881: Or a format, which is expanded including the following additional variables:
                   5882: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   5883: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
                   5884: .It Li "popup_centre_x" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   5885: .It Li "popup_centre_y" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   5886: .It Li "popup_height" Ta "Height of menu or popup"
                   5887: .It Li "popup_mouse_bottom" Ta "Bottom of at the mouse"
                   5888: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_x" Ta "Horizontal centre at the mouse"
                   5889: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_y" Ta "Vertical centre at the mouse"
                   5890: .It Li "popup_mouse_top" Ta "Top at the mouse"
                   5891: .It Li "popup_mouse_x" Ta "Mouse X position"
                   5892: .It Li "popup_mouse_y" Ta "Mouse Y position"
                   5893: .It Li "popup_pane_bottom" Ta "Bottom of the pane"
                   5894: .It Li "popup_pane_left" Ta "Left of the pane"
                   5895: .It Li "popup_pane_right" Ta "Right of the pane"
                   5896: .It Li "popup_pane_top" Ta "Top of the pane"
                   5897: .It Li "popup_status_line_y" Ta "Above or below the status line"
                   5898: .It Li "popup_width" Ta "Width of menu or popup"
                   5899: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_x" Ta "At the window position in status line"
                   5900: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_y" Ta "At the status line showing the window"
1.646     nicm     5901: .El
                   5902: .Pp
                   5903: Each menu consists of items followed by a key shortcut shown in brackets.
                   5904: If the menu is too large to fit on the terminal, it is not displayed.
                   5905: Pressing the key shortcut chooses the corresponding item.
1.800     nicm     5906: If the mouse is enabled and the menu is opened from a mouse key binding,
                   5907: releasing the mouse button with an item selected chooses that item and
                   5908: releasing the mouse button without an item selected closes the menu.
                   5909: .Fl O
                   5910: changes this behaviour so that the menu does not close when the mouse button is
                   5911: released without an item selected the menu is not closed and a mouse button
                   5912: must be clicked to choose an item.
                   5913: .Pp
1.646     nicm     5914: The following keys are also available:
                   5915: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   5916: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   5917: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   5918: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   5919: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   5920: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit menu"
                   5921: .El
1.858     kn       5922: .Tg display
1.57      jmc      5923: .It Xo Ic display-message
1.905     nicm     5924: .Op Fl aIlNpv
1.215     nicm     5925: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     5926: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.215     nicm     5927: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      5928: .Op Ar message
                   5929: .Xc
1.870     kn       5930: .D1 Pq alias: Ic display
1.127     nicm     5931: Display a message.
                   5932: If
                   5933: .Fl p
                   5934: is given, the output is printed to stdout, otherwise it is displayed in the
                   5935: .Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     5936: status line for up to
                   5937: .Ar delay
                   5938: milliseconds.
                   5939: If
                   5940: .Ar delay
                   5941: is not given, the
1.889     nicm     5942: .Ic display-time
1.790     nicm     5943: option is used; a delay of zero waits for a key press.
1.834     nicm     5944: .Ql N
                   5945: ignores key presses and closes only after the delay expires.
1.905     nicm     5946: If
                   5947: .Fl l
                   5948: is given,
                   5949: .Ar message
                   5950: is printed unchanged.
                   5951: Otherwise, the format of
1.124     jmc      5952: .Ar message
1.275     nicm     5953: is described in the
                   5954: .Sx FORMATS
                   5955: section; information is taken from
1.215     nicm     5956: .Ar target-pane
                   5957: if
                   5958: .Fl t
1.678     nicm     5959: is given, otherwise the active pane.
1.622     nicm     5960: .Pp
1.624     nicm     5961: .Fl v
                   5962: prints verbose logging as the format is parsed and
                   5963: .Fl a
                   5964: lists the format variables and their values.
1.643     nicm     5965: .Pp
                   5966: .Fl I
                   5967: forwards any input read from stdin to the empty pane given by
                   5968: .Ar target-pane .
1.858     kn       5969: .Tg popup
1.721     nicm     5970: .It Xo Ic display-popup
1.853     nicm     5971: .Op Fl BCE
1.862     nicm     5972: .Op Fl b Ar border-lines
1.721     nicm     5973: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   5974: .Op Fl d Ar start-directory
1.860     nicm     5975: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.721     nicm     5976: .Op Fl h Ar height
1.865     nicm     5977: .Op Fl s Ar style
                   5978: .Op Fl S Ar border-style
1.721     nicm     5979: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.864     nicm     5980: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.721     nicm     5981: .Op Fl w Ar width
                   5982: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   5983: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.827     nicm     5984: .Op Ar shell-command
1.721     nicm     5985: .Xc
1.870     kn       5986: .D1 Pq alias: Ic popup
1.827     nicm     5987: Display a popup running
                   5988: .Ar shell-command
                   5989: on
1.721     nicm     5990: .Ar target-client .
                   5991: A popup is a rectangular box drawn over the top of any panes.
                   5992: Panes are not updated while a popup is present.
                   5993: .Pp
                   5994: .Fl E
                   5995: closes the popup automatically when
                   5996: .Ar shell-command
                   5997: exits.
1.723     nicm     5998: Two
                   5999: .Fl E
                   6000: closes the popup only if
                   6001: .Ar shell-command
                   6002: exited with success.
1.721     nicm     6003: .Pp
                   6004: .Fl x
                   6005: and
                   6006: .Fl y
                   6007: give the position of the popup, they have the same meaning as for the
                   6008: .Ic display-menu
                   6009: command.
                   6010: .Fl w
                   6011: and
                   6012: .Fl h
                   6013: give the width and height - both may be a percentage (followed by
                   6014: .Ql % ) .
1.827     nicm     6015: If omitted, half of the terminal size is used.
1.862     nicm     6016: .Pp
1.853     nicm     6017: .Fl B
                   6018: does not surround the popup by a border.
1.862     nicm     6019: .Pp
                   6020: .Fl b
                   6021: sets the type of border line for the popup.
                   6022: When
                   6023: .Fl B
1.886     naddy    6024: is specified, the
1.862     nicm     6025: .Fl b
                   6026: option is ignored.
                   6027: See
                   6028: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   6029: for possible values for
                   6030: .Ar border-lines .
1.865     nicm     6031: .Pp
                   6032: .Fl s
                   6033: sets the style for the popup and
                   6034: .Fl S
                   6035: sets the style for the popup border.
                   6036: For how to specify
                   6037: .Ar style ,
                   6038: see the
                   6039: .Sx STYLES
                   6040: section.
1.860     nicm     6041: .Pp
                   6042: .Fl e
                   6043: takes the form
                   6044: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   6045: and sets an environment variable for the popup; it may be specified multiple
                   6046: times.
1.864     nicm     6047: .Pp
                   6048: .Fl T
                   6049: is a format for the popup title (see
                   6050: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.721     nicm     6051: .Pp
                   6052: The
                   6053: .Fl C
                   6054: flag closes any popup on the client.
1.858     kn       6055: .Tg showphist
1.839     nicm     6056: .It Xo Ic show-prompt-history
                   6057: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   6058: .Xc
1.870     kn       6059: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showphist
1.839     nicm     6060: Display status prompt history for prompt type
                   6061: .Ar prompt-type .
                   6062: If
                   6063: .Fl T
                   6064: is omitted, then show history for all types.
                   6065: See
                   6066: .Ic command-prompt
                   6067: for possible values for
                   6068: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      6069: .El
                   6070: .Sh BUFFERS
                   6071: .Nm
1.392     nicm     6072: maintains a set of named
1.199     nicm     6073: .Em paste buffers .
1.392     nicm     6074: Each buffer may be either explicitly or automatically named.
                   6075: Explicitly named buffers are named when created with the
                   6076: .Ic set-buffer
                   6077: or
                   6078: .Ic load-buffer
                   6079: commands, or by renaming an automatically named buffer with
                   6080: .Ic set-buffer
                   6081: .Fl n .
                   6082: Automatically named buffers are given a name such as
                   6083: .Ql buffer0001 ,
                   6084: .Ql buffer0002
                   6085: and so on.
                   6086: When the
                   6087: .Ic buffer-limit
                   6088: option is reached, the oldest automatically named buffer is deleted.
1.493     nicm     6089: Explicitly named buffers are not subject to
1.57      jmc      6090: .Ic buffer-limit
1.709     nicm     6091: and may be deleted with the
1.392     nicm     6092: .Ic delete-buffer
                   6093: command.
                   6094: .Pp
1.57      jmc      6095: Buffers may be added using
                   6096: .Ic copy-mode
                   6097: or the
                   6098: .Ic set-buffer
1.392     nicm     6099: and
                   6100: .Ic load-buffer
                   6101: commands, and pasted into a window using the
1.57      jmc      6102: .Ic paste-buffer
                   6103: command.
1.392     nicm     6104: If a buffer command is used and no buffer is specified, the most
                   6105: recently added automatically named buffer is assumed.
1.57      jmc      6106: .Pp
                   6107: A configurable history buffer is also maintained for each window.
                   6108: By default, up to 2000 lines are kept; this can be altered with the
                   6109: .Ic history-limit
                   6110: option (see the
                   6111: .Ic set-option
                   6112: command above).
                   6113: .Pp
                   6114: The buffer commands are as follows:
                   6115: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.178     nicm     6116: .It Xo
                   6117: .Ic choose-buffer
1.682     nicm     6118: .Op Fl NZr
1.572     nicm     6119: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     6120: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     6121: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     6122: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     6123: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.178     nicm     6124: .Op Ar template
                   6125: .Xc
1.555     nicm     6126: Put a pane into buffer mode, where a buffer may be chosen interactively from
                   6127: a list.
1.833     nicm     6128: Each buffer is shown on one line.
                   6129: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   6130: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   6131: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     6132: .Fl Z
                   6133: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     6134: The following keys may be used in buffer mode:
                   6135: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   6136: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
1.582     nicm     6137: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
1.555     nicm     6138: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous buffer"
                   6139: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next buffer"
1.559     nicm     6140: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name or content"
                   6141: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     6142: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if buffer is tagged"
                   6143: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no buffers"
                   6144: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all buffers"
1.582     nicm     6145: .It Li "p" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
                   6146: .It Li "P" Ta "Paste tagged buffers"
1.555     nicm     6147: .It Li "d" Ta "Delete selected buffer"
                   6148: .It Li "D" Ta "Delete tagged buffers"
1.759     nicm     6149: .It Li "e" Ta "Open the buffer in an editor"
1.562     nicm     6150: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     6151: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   6152: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     6153: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     6154: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   6155: .El
                   6156: .Pp
                   6157: After a buffer is chosen,
1.178     nicm     6158: .Ql %%
1.392     nicm     6159: is replaced by the buffer name in
1.178     nicm     6160: .Ar template
                   6161: and the result executed as a command.
                   6162: If
                   6163: .Ar template
                   6164: is not given, "paste-buffer -b '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     6165: .Pp
1.561     nicm     6166: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     6167: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.895     nicm     6168: .Ql time
                   6169: (creation),
1.561     nicm     6170: .Ql name
                   6171: or
                   6172: .Ql size .
1.682     nicm     6173: .Fl r
                   6174: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     6175: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     6176: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   6177: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   6178: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     6179: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     6180: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   6181: .Fl K
                   6182: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     6183: .Fl N
                   6184: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     6185: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       6186: .Tg clearhist
1.893     nicm     6187: .It Xo Ic clear-history
                   6188: .Op Fl H
                   6189: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6190: .Xc
1.870     kn       6191: .D1 Pq alias: Ic clearhist
1.57      jmc      6192: Remove and free the history for the specified pane.
1.893     nicm     6193: .Fl H
                   6194: also removes all hyperlinks.
1.858     kn       6195: .Tg deleteb
1.392     nicm     6196: .It Ic delete-buffer Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.870     kn       6197: .D1 Pq alias: Ic deleteb
1.392     nicm     6198: Delete the buffer named
                   6199: .Ar buffer-name ,
                   6200: or the most recently added automatically named buffer if not specified.
1.858     kn       6201: .Tg lsb
1.294     nicm     6202: .It Xo Ic list-buffers
                   6203: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     6204: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.294     nicm     6205: .Xc
1.870     kn       6206: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lsb
1.198     nicm     6207: List the global buffers.
1.294     nicm     6208: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     6209: specifies the format of each line and
                   6210: .Fl f
                   6211: a filter.
                   6212: Only buffers for which the filter is true are shown.
                   6213: See the
1.294     nicm     6214: .Sx FORMATS
                   6215: section.
1.200     jmc      6216: .It Xo Ic load-buffer
1.794     nicm     6217: .Op Fl w
1.392     nicm     6218: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6219: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      6220: .Ar path
                   6221: .Xc
1.858     kn       6222: .Tg loadb
1.870     kn       6223: .D1 Pq alias: Ic loadb
1.57      jmc      6224: Load the contents of the specified paste buffer from
                   6225: .Ar path .
1.794     nicm     6226: If
                   6227: .Fl w
                   6228: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6229: .Ar target-client
                   6230: using the
                   6231: .Xr xterm 1
                   6232: escape sequence, if possible.
1.858     kn       6233: .Tg pasteb
1.57      jmc      6234: .It Xo Ic paste-buffer
1.278     nicm     6235: .Op Fl dpr
1.392     nicm     6236: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.170     nicm     6237: .Op Fl s Ar separator
1.158     nicm     6238: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6239: .Xc
1.870     kn       6240: .D1 Pq alias: Ic pasteb
1.158     nicm     6241: Insert the contents of a paste buffer into the specified pane.
                   6242: If not specified, paste into the current one.
1.57      jmc      6243: With
                   6244: .Fl d ,
1.392     nicm     6245: also delete the paste buffer.
1.57      jmc      6246: When output, any linefeed (LF) characters in the paste buffer are replaced with
1.170     nicm     6247: a separator, by default carriage return (CR).
                   6248: A custom separator may be specified using the
                   6249: .Fl s
                   6250: flag.
                   6251: The
1.57      jmc      6252: .Fl r
1.170     nicm     6253: flag means to do no replacement (equivalent to a separator of LF).
1.278     nicm     6254: If
                   6255: .Fl p
                   6256: is specified, paste bracket control codes are inserted around the
                   6257: buffer if the application has requested bracketed paste mode.
1.858     kn       6258: .Tg saveb
1.57      jmc      6259: .It Xo Ic save-buffer
                   6260: .Op Fl a
1.392     nicm     6261: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6262: .Ar path
                   6263: .Xc
1.870     kn       6264: .D1 Pq alias: Ic saveb
1.57      jmc      6265: Save the contents of the specified paste buffer to
                   6266: .Ar path .
                   6267: The
                   6268: .Fl a
                   6269: option appends to rather than overwriting the file.
                   6270: .It Xo Ic set-buffer
1.794     nicm     6271: .Op Fl aw
1.392     nicm     6272: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6273: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.858     kn       6274: .Tg setb
1.392     nicm     6275: .Op Fl n Ar new-buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6276: .Ar data
                   6277: .Xc
1.870     kn       6278: .D1 Pq alias: Ic setb
1.57      jmc      6279: Set the contents of the specified buffer to
                   6280: .Ar data .
1.794     nicm     6281: If
                   6282: .Fl w
                   6283: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6284: .Ar target-client
                   6285: using the
                   6286: .Xr xterm 1
                   6287: escape sequence, if possible.
1.383     nicm     6288: The
                   6289: .Fl a
                   6290: option appends to rather than overwriting the buffer.
1.392     nicm     6291: The
                   6292: .Fl n
                   6293: option renames the buffer to
                   6294: .Ar new-buffer-name .
1.858     kn       6295: .Tg showb
1.1       nicm     6296: .It Xo Ic show-buffer
1.392     nicm     6297: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.1       nicm     6298: .Xc
1.870     kn       6299: .D1 Pq alias: Ic showb
1.1       nicm     6300: Display the contents of the specified buffer.
1.57      jmc      6301: .El
                   6302: .Sh MISCELLANEOUS
                   6303: Miscellaneous commands are as follows:
                   6304: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.72      nicm     6305: .It Ic clock-mode Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6306: Display a large clock.
1.858     kn       6307: .Tg if
1.334     nicm     6308: .It Xo Ic if-shell
1.410     nicm     6309: .Op Fl bF
1.334     nicm     6310: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6311: .Ar shell-command command
                   6312: .Op Ar command
                   6313: .Xc
1.870     kn       6314: .D1 Pq alias: Ic if
1.251     nicm     6315: Execute the first
1.57      jmc      6316: .Ar command
                   6317: if
                   6318: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6319: (run with
                   6320: .Pa /bin/sh )
1.251     nicm     6321: returns success or the second
                   6322: .Ar command
                   6323: otherwise.
1.410     nicm     6324: Before being executed,
                   6325: .Ar shell-command
                   6326: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6327: .Sx FORMATS
                   6328: section, including those relevant to
                   6329: .Ar target-pane .
1.335     nicm     6330: With
                   6331: .Fl b ,
                   6332: .Ar shell-command
                   6333: is run in the background.
1.410     nicm     6334: .Pp
                   6335: If
                   6336: .Fl F
                   6337: is given,
                   6338: .Ar shell-command
                   6339: is not executed but considered success if neither empty nor zero (after formats
                   6340: are expanded).
1.858     kn       6341: .Tg lock
1.57      jmc      6342: .It Ic lock-server
1.870     kn       6343: .D1 Pq alias: Ic lock
1.90      nicm     6344: Lock each client individually by running the command specified by the
                   6345: .Ic lock-command
                   6346: option.
1.858     kn       6347: .Tg run
1.308     nicm     6348: .It Xo Ic run-shell
1.809     nicm     6349: .Op Fl bC
1.717     nicm     6350: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.308     nicm     6351: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.718     nicm     6352: .Op Ar shell-command
1.308     nicm     6353: .Xc
1.870     kn       6354: .D1 Pq alias: Ic run
1.87      nicm     6355: Execute
1.153     nicm     6356: .Ar shell-command
1.874     nicm     6357: using
                   6358: .Pa /bin/sh
1.809     nicm     6359: or (with
                   6360: .Fl C )
                   6361: a
                   6362: .Nm
                   6363: command in the background without creating a window.
                   6364: Before being executed,
                   6365: .Ar shell-command
                   6366: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6367: .Sx FORMATS
                   6368: section.
1.335     nicm     6369: With
                   6370: .Fl b ,
                   6371: the command is run in the background.
1.717     nicm     6372: .Fl d
                   6373: waits for
                   6374: .Ar delay
                   6375: seconds before starting the command.
1.809     nicm     6376: If
                   6377: .Fl C
                   6378: is not given, any output to stdout is displayed in view mode (in the pane
                   6379: specified by
1.308     nicm     6380: .Fl t
1.809     nicm     6381: or the current pane if omitted) after the command finishes.
                   6382: If the command fails, the exit status is also displayed.
1.858     kn       6383: .Tg wait
1.342     nicm     6384: .It Xo Ic wait-for
1.370     nicm     6385: .Op Fl L | S | U
1.342     nicm     6386: .Ar channel
                   6387: .Xc
1.870     kn       6388: .D1 Pq alias: Ic wait
1.343     nicm     6389: When used without options, prevents the client from exiting until woken using
1.342     nicm     6390: .Ic wait-for
                   6391: .Fl S
                   6392: with the same channel.
1.343     nicm     6393: When
                   6394: .Fl L
                   6395: is used, the channel is locked and any clients that try to lock the same
                   6396: channel are made to wait until the channel is unlocked with
                   6397: .Ic wait-for
                   6398: .Fl U .
1.703     nicm     6399: .El
                   6400: .Sh EXIT MESSAGES
                   6401: When a
                   6402: .Nm
                   6403: client detaches, it prints a message.
                   6404: This may be one of:
                   6405: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.780     nicm     6406: .It detached (from session ...)
1.703     nicm     6407: The client was detached normally.
1.780     nicm     6408: .It detached and SIGHUP
1.703     nicm     6409: The client was detached and its parent sent the
                   6410: .Dv SIGHUP
                   6411: signal (for example with
                   6412: .Ic detach-client
                   6413: .Fl P ) .
1.780     nicm     6414: .It lost tty
1.703     nicm     6415: The client's
                   6416: .Xr tty 4
                   6417: or
                   6418: .Xr pty 4
                   6419: was unexpectedly destroyed.
1.780     nicm     6420: .It terminated
1.703     nicm     6421: The client was killed with
                   6422: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6423: .It too far behind
                   6424: The client is in control mode and became unable to keep up with the data from
                   6425: .Nm .
                   6426: .It exited
1.703     nicm     6427: The server exited when it had no sessions.
1.780     nicm     6428: .It server exited
1.703     nicm     6429: The server exited when it received
                   6430: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6431: .It server exited unexpectedly
1.703     nicm     6432: The server crashed or otherwise exited without telling the client the reason.
1.228     nicm     6433: .El
                   6434: .Sh TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   6435: .Nm
1.478     nicm     6436: understands some unofficial extensions to
1.746     nicm     6437: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.744     nicm     6438: It is not normally necessary to set these manually, instead the
                   6439: .Ic terminal-features
                   6440: option should be used.
1.228     nicm     6441: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.756     nicm     6442: .It Em \&AX
                   6443: An existing extension that tells
                   6444: .Nm
                   6445: the terminal supports default colours.
1.818     nicm     6446: .It Em \&Bidi
                   6447: Tell
                   6448: .Nm
                   6449: that the terminal supports the VTE bidirectional text extensions.
1.739     nicm     6450: .It Em \&Cs , Cr
1.233     nicm     6451: Set the cursor colour.
1.232     jmc      6452: The first takes a single string argument and is used to set the colour;
                   6453: the second takes no arguments and restores the default cursor colour.
                   6454: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6455: to change the cursor colour from inside
                   6456: .Nm :
                   6457: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6458: $ printf '\e033]12;red\e033\e\e'
                   6459: .Ed
1.872     nicm     6460: .Pp
                   6461: The colour is an
                   6462: .Xr X 7
                   6463: colour, see
                   6464: .Xr XParseColor 3 .
1.753     nicm     6465: .It Em \&Cmg, \&Clmg, \&Dsmg , \&Enmg
                   6466: Set, clear, disable or enable DECSLRM margins.
1.756     nicm     6467: These are set automatically if the terminal reports it is
                   6468: .Em VT420
                   6469: compatible.
1.755     nicm     6470: .It Em \&Dsbp , \&Enbp
                   6471: Disable and enable bracketed paste.
1.756     nicm     6472: These are set automatically if the
                   6473: .Em XT
                   6474: capability is present.
1.772     nicm     6475: .It Em \&Dseks , \&Eneks
                   6476: Disable and enable extended keys.
1.756     nicm     6477: .It Em \&Dsfcs , \&Enfcs
                   6478: Disable and enable focus reporting.
                   6479: These are set automatically if the
                   6480: .Em XT
                   6481: capability is present.
1.893     nicm     6482: .It Em \&Hls
                   6483: Set or clear a hyperlink annotation.
1.898     nicm     6484: .It Em \&Nobr
                   6485: Tell
                   6486: .Nm
                   6487: that the terminal does not use bright colors for bold display.
1.837     nicm     6488: .It Em \&Rect
                   6489: Tell
                   6490: .Nm
                   6491: that the terminal supports rectangle operations.
1.649     nicm     6492: .It Em \&Smol
                   6493: Enable the overline attribute.
1.611     nicm     6494: .It Em \&Smulx
1.672     nicm     6495: Set a styled underscore.
                   6496: The single parameter is one of: 0 for no underscore, 1 for normal
                   6497: underscore, 2 for double underscore, 3 for curly underscore, 4 for dotted
                   6498: underscore and 5 for dashed underscore.
1.797     nicm     6499: .It Em \&Setulc , \&ol
                   6500: Set the underscore colour or reset to the default.
1.672     nicm     6501: The argument is (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue where each is between 0
                   6502: and 255.
1.361     jmc      6503: .It Em \&Ss , Se
1.403     nicm     6504: Set or reset the cursor style.
1.232     jmc      6505: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6506: to change the cursor to an underline:
1.230     nicm     6507: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6508: $ printf '\e033[4 q'
                   6509: .Ed
                   6510: .Pp
                   6511: If
1.403     nicm     6512: .Em Se
                   6513: is not set, \&Ss with argument 0 will be used to reset the cursor style instead.
1.885     nicm     6514: .It Em \&Swd
                   6515: Set the opening sequence for the working directory notification.
                   6516: The sequence is terminated using the standard
                   6517: .Em fsl
                   6518: capability.
1.908     nicm     6519: .It Em \&Sxl
                   6520: Indicates that the terminal supports SIXEL.
1.741     nicm     6521: .It Em \&Sync
1.745     nicm     6522: Start (parameter is 1) or end (parameter is 2) a synchronized update.
1.478     nicm     6523: .It Em \&Tc
                   6524: Indicate that the terminal supports the
                   6525: .Ql direct colour
                   6526: RGB escape sequence (for example, \ee[38;2;255;255;255m).
1.518     nicm     6527: .Pp
1.612     nicm     6528: If supported, this is used for the initialize colour escape sequence (which
1.518     nicm     6529: may be enabled by adding the
                   6530: .Ql initc
                   6531: and
                   6532: .Ql ccc
                   6533: capabilities to the
                   6534: .Nm
                   6535: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6536: entry).
1.739     nicm     6537: .Pp
                   6538: This is equivalent to the
                   6539: .Em RGB
                   6540: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6541: capability.
1.232     jmc      6542: .It Em \&Ms
1.478     nicm     6543: Store the current buffer in the host terminal's selection (clipboard).
1.232     jmc      6544: See the
                   6545: .Em set-clipboard
                   6546: option above and the
                   6547: .Xr xterm 1
                   6548: man page.
1.756     nicm     6549: .It Em \&XT
                   6550: This is an existing extension capability that tmux uses to mean that the
                   6551: terminal supports the
                   6552: .Xr xterm 1
                   6553: title set sequences and to automatically set some of the capabilities above.
1.345     nicm     6554: .El
                   6555: .Sh CONTROL MODE
                   6556: .Nm
                   6557: offers a textual interface called
                   6558: .Em control mode .
                   6559: This allows applications to communicate with
                   6560: .Nm
                   6561: using a simple text-only protocol.
                   6562: .Pp
                   6563: In control mode, a client sends
                   6564: .Nm
                   6565: commands or command sequences terminated by newlines on standard input.
                   6566: Each command will produce one block of output on standard output.
                   6567: An output block consists of a
                   6568: .Em %begin
                   6569: line followed by the output (which may be empty).
                   6570: The output block ends with a
                   6571: .Em %end
                   6572: or
                   6573: .Em %error .
                   6574: .Em %begin
                   6575: and matching
                   6576: .Em %end
                   6577: or
                   6578: .Em %error
1.916   ! nicm     6579: have three arguments: an integer time (as seconds from epoch), command number
        !          6580: and flags (currently not used).
1.345     nicm     6581: For example:
                   6582: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.835     nicm     6583: %begin 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6584: 0: ksh* (1 panes) [80x24] [layout b25f,80x24,0,0,2] @2 (active)
1.835     nicm     6585: %end 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6586: .Ed
1.535     nicm     6587: .Pp
                   6588: The
                   6589: .Ic refresh-client
                   6590: .Fl C
                   6591: command may be used to set the size of a client in control mode.
1.345     nicm     6592: .Pp
                   6593: In control mode,
                   6594: .Nm
                   6595: outputs notifications.
                   6596: A notification will never occur inside an output block.
                   6597: .Pp
                   6598: The following notifications are defined:
                   6599: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.830     nicm     6600: .It Ic %client-detached Ar client
                   6601: The client has detached.
1.750     jmc      6602: .It Ic %client-session-changed Ar client session-id name
1.547     nicm     6603: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6604: .Ar session-id ,
                   6605: which is named
                   6606: .Ar name .
1.892     nicm     6607: .It Ic %config-error Ar error
                   6608: An error has happened in a configuration file.
1.778     nicm     6609: .It Ic %continue Ar pane-id
                   6610: The pane has been continued after being paused (if the
                   6611: .Ar pause-after
                   6612: flag is set, see
                   6613: .Ic refresh-client
                   6614: .Fl A ) .
1.345     nicm     6615: .It Ic %exit Op Ar reason
                   6616: The
                   6617: .Nm
                   6618: client is exiting immediately, either because it is not attached to any session
                   6619: or an error occurred.
                   6620: If present,
                   6621: .Ar reason
                   6622: describes why the client exited.
1.788     nicm     6623: .It Ic %extended-output Ar pane-id Ar age Ar ... \&  : Ar value
1.779     nicm     6624: New form of
                   6625: .Ic %output
                   6626: sent when the
                   6627: .Ar pause-after
                   6628: flag is set.
                   6629: .Ar age
1.916   ! nicm     6630: is the time in milliseconds for which tmux had buffered the output before it
        !          6631: was sent.
1.779     nicm     6632: Any subsequent arguments up until a single
                   6633: .Ql \&:
                   6634: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.916   ! nicm     6635: .It Xo Ic %layout-change
        !          6636: .Ar window-id
        !          6637: .Ar window-layout
        !          6638: .Ar window-visible-layout
        !          6639: .Ar window-flags
        !          6640: .Xc
1.345     nicm     6641: The layout of a window with ID
                   6642: .Ar window-id
                   6643: changed.
                   6644: The new layout is
                   6645: .Ar window-layout .
1.460     nicm     6646: The window's visible layout is
                   6647: .Ar window-visible-layout
                   6648: and the window flags are
                   6649: .Ar window-flags .
1.914     nicm     6650: .It Ic %message Ar message
                   6651: A message sent with the
                   6652: .Ic display-message
                   6653: command.
1.347     nicm     6654: .It Ic %output Ar pane-id Ar value
                   6655: A window pane produced output.
1.345     nicm     6656: .Ar value
1.350     nicm     6657: escapes non-printable characters and backslash as octal \\xxx.
1.547     nicm     6658: .It Ic %pane-mode-changed Ar pane-id
                   6659: The pane with ID
                   6660: .Ar pane-id
                   6661: has changed mode.
1.899     nicm     6662: .It Ic %paste-buffer-changed Ar name
                   6663: Paste buffer
                   6664: .Ar name
                   6665: has been changed.
1.904     nicm     6666: .It Ic %paste-buffer-deleted Ar name
                   6667: Paste buffer
                   6668: .Ar name
                   6669: has been deleted.
1.778     nicm     6670: .It Ic %pause Ar pane-id
                   6671: The pane has been paused (if the
                   6672: .Ar pause-after
                   6673: flag is set).
1.345     nicm     6674: .It Ic %session-changed Ar session-id Ar name
                   6675: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6676: .Ar session-id ,
                   6677: which is named
                   6678: .Ar name .
                   6679: .It Ic %session-renamed Ar name
                   6680: The current session was renamed to
                   6681: .Ar name .
1.547     nicm     6682: .It Ic %session-window-changed Ar session-id Ar window-id
                   6683: The session with ID
                   6684: .Ar session-id
                   6685: changed its active window to the window with ID
                   6686: .Ar window-id .
1.345     nicm     6687: .It Ic %sessions-changed
                   6688: A session was created or destroyed.
1.788     nicm     6689: .It Xo Ic %subscription-changed
                   6690: .Ar name
                   6691: .Ar session-id
                   6692: .Ar window-id
                   6693: .Ar window-index
                   6694: .Ar pane-id ... \&  :
                   6695: .Ar value
                   6696: .Xc
                   6697: The value of the format associated with subscription
                   6698: .Ar name
                   6699: has changed to
                   6700: .Ar value .
                   6701: See
                   6702: .Ic refresh-client
                   6703: .Fl B .
                   6704: Any arguments after
                   6705: .Ar pane-id
                   6706: up until a single
                   6707: .Ql \&:
                   6708: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.345     nicm     6709: .It Ic %unlinked-window-add Ar window-id
                   6710: The window with ID
                   6711: .Ar window-id
                   6712: was created but is not linked to the current session.
1.873     nicm     6713: .It Ic %unlinked-window-close Ar window-id
                   6714: The window with ID
                   6715: .Ar window-id ,
                   6716: which is not linked to the current session, was closed.
                   6717: .It Ic %unlinked-window-renamed Ar window-id
                   6718: The window with ID
                   6719: .Ar window-id ,
                   6720: which is not linked to the current session, was renamed.
1.345     nicm     6721: .It Ic %window-add Ar window-id
                   6722: The window with ID
                   6723: .Ar window-id
                   6724: was linked to the current session.
                   6725: .It Ic %window-close Ar window-id
                   6726: The window with ID
                   6727: .Ar window-id
                   6728: closed.
1.547     nicm     6729: .It Ic %window-pane-changed Ar window-id Ar pane-id
                   6730: The active pane in the window with ID
                   6731: .Ar window-id
                   6732: changed to the pane with ID
                   6733: .Ar pane-id .
1.345     nicm     6734: .It Ic %window-renamed Ar window-id Ar name
                   6735: The window with ID
                   6736: .Ar window-id
                   6737: was renamed to
                   6738: .Ar name .
1.644     schwarze 6739: .El
                   6740: .Sh ENVIRONMENT
                   6741: When
                   6742: .Nm
                   6743: is started, it inspects the following environment variables:
                   6744: .Bl -tag -width LC_CTYPE
                   6745: .It Ev EDITOR
                   6746: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   6747: .Ql vi
                   6748: and
                   6749: .Ev VISUAL
                   6750: is unset, use vi-style key bindings.
                   6751: Overridden by the
                   6752: .Ic mode-keys
                   6753: and
                   6754: .Ic status-keys
                   6755: options.
                   6756: .It Ev HOME
                   6757: The user's login directory.
                   6758: If unset, the
                   6759: .Xr passwd 5
                   6760: database is consulted.
                   6761: .It Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6762: The character encoding
                   6763: .Xr locale 1 .
                   6764: It is used for two separate purposes.
                   6765: For output to the terminal, UTF-8 is used if the
                   6766: .Fl u
                   6767: option is given or if
                   6768: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6769: contains
                   6770: .Qq UTF-8
                   6771: or
                   6772: .Qq UTF8 .
                   6773: Otherwise, only ASCII characters are written and non-ASCII characters
                   6774: are replaced with underscores
                   6775: .Pq Ql _ .
                   6776: For input,
                   6777: .Nm
                   6778: always runs with a UTF-8 locale.
1.886     naddy    6779: If en_US.UTF-8 is provided by the operating system, it is used and
1.644     schwarze 6780: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6781: is ignored for input.
                   6782: Otherwise,
                   6783: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6784: tells
                   6785: .Nm
                   6786: what the UTF-8 locale is called on the current system.
                   6787: If the locale specified by
                   6788: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6789: is not available or is not a UTF-8 locale,
                   6790: .Nm
                   6791: exits with an error message.
                   6792: .It Ev LC_TIME
                   6793: The date and time format
                   6794: .Xr locale 1 .
                   6795: It is used for locale-dependent
                   6796: .Xr strftime 3
                   6797: format specifiers.
                   6798: .It Ev PWD
                   6799: The current working directory to be set in the global environment.
                   6800: This may be useful if it contains symbolic links.
                   6801: If the value of the variable does not match the current working
                   6802: directory, the variable is ignored and the result of
                   6803: .Xr getcwd 3
                   6804: is used instead.
                   6805: .It Ev SHELL
                   6806: The absolute path to the default shell for new windows.
                   6807: See the
                   6808: .Ic default-shell
                   6809: option for details.
                   6810: .It Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                   6811: The parent directory of the directory containing the server sockets.
                   6812: See the
                   6813: .Fl L
                   6814: option for details.
                   6815: .It Ev VISUAL
                   6816: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   6817: .Ql vi ,
                   6818: use vi-style key bindings.
                   6819: Overridden by the
                   6820: .Ic mode-keys
                   6821: and
                   6822: .Ic status-keys
                   6823: options.
1.1       nicm     6824: .El
                   6825: .Sh FILES
1.26      nicm     6826: .Bl -tag -width "/etc/tmux.confXXX" -compact
1.1       nicm     6827: .It Pa ~/.tmux.conf
1.6       jmc      6828: Default
1.1       nicm     6829: .Nm
1.6       jmc      6830: configuration file.
1.26      nicm     6831: .It Pa /etc/tmux.conf
                   6832: System-wide configuration file.
1.1       nicm     6833: .El
1.57      jmc      6834: .Sh EXAMPLES
                   6835: To create a new
                   6836: .Nm
                   6837: session running
                   6838: .Xr vi 1 :
                   6839: .Pp
                   6840: .Dl $ tmux new-session vi
                   6841: .Pp
                   6842: Most commands have a shorter form, known as an alias.
                   6843: For new-session, this is
                   6844: .Ic new :
                   6845: .Pp
                   6846: .Dl $ tmux new vi
                   6847: .Pp
                   6848: Alternatively, the shortest unambiguous form of a command is accepted.
                   6849: If there are several options, they are listed:
                   6850: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6851: $ tmux n
                   6852: ambiguous command: n, could be: new-session, new-window, next-window
                   6853: .Ed
                   6854: .Pp
                   6855: Within an active session, a new window may be created by typing
                   6856: .Ql C-b c
                   6857: (Ctrl
                   6858: followed by the
                   6859: .Ql b
                   6860: key
                   6861: followed by the
                   6862: .Ql c
                   6863: key).
                   6864: .Pp
                   6865: Windows may be navigated with:
                   6866: .Ql C-b 0
                   6867: (to select window 0),
                   6868: .Ql C-b 1
                   6869: (to select window 1), and so on;
                   6870: .Ql C-b n
                   6871: to select the next window; and
                   6872: .Ql C-b p
                   6873: to select the previous window.
                   6874: .Pp
                   6875: A session may be detached using
                   6876: .Ql C-b d
1.64      nicm     6877: (or by an external event such as
                   6878: .Xr ssh 1
                   6879: disconnection) and reattached with:
1.57      jmc      6880: .Pp
                   6881: .Dl $ tmux attach-session
                   6882: .Pp
                   6883: Typing
                   6884: .Ql C-b \&?
                   6885: lists the current key bindings in the current window; up and down may be used
                   6886: to navigate the list or
                   6887: .Ql q
                   6888: to exit from it.
                   6889: .Pp
                   6890: Commands to be run when the
                   6891: .Nm
                   6892: server is started may be placed in the
                   6893: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                   6894: configuration file.
                   6895: Common examples include:
                   6896: .Pp
                   6897: Changing the default prefix key:
                   6898: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6899: set-option -g prefix C-a
                   6900: unbind-key C-b
                   6901: bind-key C-a send-prefix
                   6902: .Ed
                   6903: .Pp
                   6904: Turning the status line off, or changing its colour:
                   6905: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6906: set-option -g status off
1.378     nicm     6907: set-option -g status-style bg=blue
1.57      jmc      6908: .Ed
                   6909: .Pp
                   6910: Setting other options, such as the default command,
                   6911: or locking after 30 minutes of inactivity:
                   6912: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6913: set-option -g default-command "exec /bin/ksh"
                   6914: set-option -g lock-after-time 1800
                   6915: .Ed
                   6916: .Pp
                   6917: Creating new key bindings:
                   6918: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6919: bind-key b set-option status
                   6920: bind-key / command-prompt "split-window 'exec man %%'"
1.73      nicm     6921: bind-key S command-prompt "new-window -n %1 'ssh %1'"
1.57      jmc      6922: .Ed
1.1       nicm     6923: .Sh SEE ALSO
                   6924: .Xr pty 4
                   6925: .Sh AUTHORS
1.477     nicm     6926: .An Nicholas Marriott Aq Mt nicholas.marriott@gmail.com